Cities Index.
Agenda packet

South Lake Tahoe City Council
September 12, 2023

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
September 12, 2023
Body
South Lake Tahoe City Council
Pages
43
Original file
68.1 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on d3n9y02raazwpg.cloudfront.net. That file is the official record.

https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/5664/Taho
e-Valley-AreaPlan?bidId=
1 1
418
1H Increased height limits
and increased density
in the proposed area
plan amendments and
TRPA is proposing the
increases in height,
density, and coverage
to align with the City’s
amendments.

Proposed Resolution https://legistar
webproduction.s3.
amazonaws.c
om/uploads/att
achment/pdf/1
778904/02_TV
APUpdates_P
roject_Descrip
tion.pdf
https://www.tr
pa.gov/wpcontent/upload
s/AgendaItemXI_Developme
nt-Standardsstaff-report.pdf
1 1
2A Development and
Design Standards in
City Code 6.85.040
(multifamily) 6.85 (all
development & design
standards)
Enacted City Code 6.85.040 https://www.co
depublishing.c
om/CA/SouthL
akeTahoe/#!/S
outhLakeTaho
e06/SouthLak
eTahoe0685.h
tml#6.85.040
3 3
419
2B The City of South Lake
Tahoe has their
General Plan and Area
Plans with
accompanying EIRs
and related documents.

Enacted Resolution 2011-36
adopted on May 3,
2011
Resolution 2015-26
adopted June 2, 2015
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/15121/Gen
eral-Plan-
Environmental -ImpactReport?bidId=
https://www.cs
ltbusiness.co
m/WebLink/Do
cView.aspx?id
=27705&dbid=
0&repo=citycl
erk
22 2C Use of SB 35 for Sugar
Pine Village;
Development and
objective design
standards are in City
Code Chapter 6.85.040
Enacted City Code 6.85.040
Design Standards
Project approved
ministerially with SB
35 https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/15644/Res
idential-
Development-
Design-
Standards?bid
Id=
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/14984/Sug
ar-Pine-
Village-PDF
22 420
2E There is an absence of
public hearings for
projects consistent with
zoning and the general
plan unless they require
major design review.

Projects are ministerial
review per City Code
Chapter 6.85.040 for
Objective Design
Standards.

Enacted City Code 6.10.090 E
Approval Process
https://www.co
depublishing.c
om/CA/SouthL
akeTahoe/#!/S
outhLakeTaho
e06/SouthLak
eTahoe0610.h
tml#6.10.090
22 2G Elimination of
subjective development
and design standards
with objective
Development and
Design Standards in
City Code 6.85.040
(multifamily) 6.85 (all
development and
design standards)
Enacted City Code 6.85.040 https://www.co
depublishing.c
om/CA/SouthL
akeTahoe/#!/S
outhLakeTaho
e06/SouthLak
eTahoe0685.h
tml#6.85.040
11 2H Memorandum of
Understanding between
Tahoe Regional
Planning Agency and
City of SLT to review
and provide permitting
on behalf of TRPA
Enacted MOU https://www.t
rpa.gov/wp-
content/uploa
ds/documents
/archive/CSLT-
MOU-
2015.pdf
11 421
2I Housing Element Policy
4-4 "The City shall
provide priority permit
processing of projects
that are targeted toward
special-needs groups,
such as, seniors, the
disabled, and the
homeless, including
priority for building plan
check, subdivision map
review, improvement
plans for roadways and
utilities, and
environmental impact
analysis."
Enacted Resolution 2022-086
passed on June 21,
2022
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/17094/Co
mplete_Housi
ngElement_C
LEAN_reduce
dsize?bidId=
1812
2J There is a standardized
General Development
Application that include
level of design review,
variances, special use
permit, amendments
Enacted Department Standard https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/12762/Gen
eral-
Development-
Application?bi
dId=
11 2K The City publicly posts
status updates on
project permit
approvals on their
website.

Enacted Department Standard https://www.c
ityofslt.us/110
8/Current-
Projects
11 2M There is streamlining of
the approval permitting
process for green
building which also
include Commercial
Floor Area incentives
Enacted Resolution 2015-27
passed on June 2,
2015
Tahoe Valley Area
Plan LU 9.2
Commercial Floor
Area Incentives
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/5664/Taho
e-Valley-Area-
Plan?bidId=
PP. 50
1123
422
3A The City currently does
not have impact fees.

The City master fee
schedule for 2022-2023
shows the current
Development Services
Fees on Page 4-5
Enacted Resolution 2023-032
passed on April 4,
2023
https://www.c
ityofslt.us/Doc
umentCenter/
View/17690/
Master-Fee-
Schedule-
2023-
FINAL?bidId=
PP. 4-5
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/17691/Res -2023-032-
Master-Fee-
Schedule?bidI
d=
33 3B City provides free TAU
development
commodities to build an
ADU/JADU. Technical
Assistance
Informational packet
was also developed by
City staff to support the
public with a how-to
guide and resources for

ADU/JADU
development.

Enacted Department Standard https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/17363/Acc
essory-
Dwelling-Unit-
Guide?bidId=
22 423
3C Resolution 2022
-052
Authorizing the Single
Room Occupancy
(SRO) program fee
exemption for Tahoe
Coalition for the
Homeless (TCH) on
their three Project
Homekey properties.

Enacted Resolution passed
May 3, 2022
https://www.cs
ltbusiness.co
m/WebLink/Do
cView.aspx?id
=48752&dbid=
0&repo=citycl
erk
1812
3D Amended Chapter

6.85.060 (residential
Development and
Design Standards) of
the South Lake Tahoe
City Code to Establish
Requirements for
Moveable Tiny Homes
Enacted City Code Section

6.85.060
https://www.co
depublishing.c
om/CA/SouthL
akeTahoe/#!/S
outhLakeTaho
e06/SouthLak
eTahoe0685.h
tml#6.85.060
11 3E Area plan amendments
- Allow housing
developers to pay an
in-lieu fee to support
public transportation
access to the project
site in place of some of
the parking
requirements &
Decrease in parking
requirements for
qualifying projects
located within a
distance of a
transportation hub.

Changes are directed
by Program 1-3 of the
City's General Plan
Housing Element.

Proposed City Code https://legistar
web-
production.s3.
amazonaws.c
om/uploads/att
achment/pdf/1
932928/01_C
CStaffReport_
AreaPlanAme
ndments_202
30516.pdf
PP. 4 under
Transportation
& Circulation
Opportunities
1123
424
3H Resolution 2023
-051
Adopting Policy
Regarding Disposition
of Tahoe Regional
Planning Agency
Development
Commodities Owned by
the City of South Lake
Tahoe (Replaces
Resolution 2022-051)
Enacted Resolution passed
June 6, 2023
https://www.cs
ltbusiness.co
m/WebLink/Do
cView.aspx?id
=51021&dbid=
0&repo=citycl
erk
1212
4A The City hired a
consultant to study
eight different potential
sources for a Dedicated
Local Housing Funding
Study &
Implementation. This
was presented at
January 24,2022
Council. A draft
Inclusionary Zoning
Ordinance is being
presented to City
Council on October
17th. The Inclusionary
Ordinance creates a
tiered impact approach
to exempt fees from
homes under 2,000 SF
and increase based on
increase size of the
home.

Proposed City Code https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/17632/Sou
thLakeTahoe_
LocalHousing
FundingFeasi
bilityStudy_01-
13-
2023?bidId=
https://legistar
web-
production.s3.
amazonaws.c
om/uploads/att
achment/pdf/2
093064/01-
Staff_Report_-
_Tiered_Inclus
ionary_Analysi
s.pdf
2813
425
4C The City has stated
criteria for Surplus land
from RDA. The most
recent land made
available had selection
criteria for no less 25%
of the total units are
affordable housing and
Greatest possible
number of affordable
units at the lowest
average level of
affordability. All of this
is done due to Housing
Element Program 2-6 to
Assist Nonprofit
Housing Developers.

Enacted Resolution 2022-086
passed on June 21,
2022
https://www.c
ityofslt.us/Doc
umentCenter/
View/17035/3
900LTB_NOA?
bidId=
https://www.cit
yofslt.us/Docu
mentCenter/Vi
ew/17094/Co
mplete_Housi
ngElement_C
LEAN_reduce
dsize?bidId=
PP. HE-11
2 2
4E Resolution 2020-109
committed a loan of
$566,629 of available
previous low- and
moderate Income
Housing Fund restricted
Program Income in
support of the Sugar
Pine Village Project.

Enacted Resolution passed on
November 17, 2020
https://www.cs
ltbusiness.co
m/WebLink/Do
cView.aspx?id
=46751&dbid=
0&repo=citycl
erk
1 1
TOTAL 38 10 48
426
Appendix 5: Additional Information and Supporting Documentation 427
428
429
Appendix 1: Formal Resolution for the Prohousing Designation Program RESOLUTION NO. 2023 - XXX

A RESOLUTION OF THE GOVERNING BODY OF
City of South Lake Tahoe

AUTHORIZING APPLICATION TO AND PARTICIPATION IN THE PROHOUSING

DESIGNATION PROGRAM
WHEREAS, Government Code section 65589.9 established the Prohousing Designation Program (“PDP” or “Program”), which creates incentives for jurisdictions that are compliant with state housing element requirements and that have enacted Prohousing local policies; and
WHEREAS, such jurisdictions will be designated Prohousing, and, as such, will receive additional points or other preference during the scoring of their competitive applications for specified housing and infrastructure funding; and
WHEREAS, the Department of Housing and Community Development (“Department”) has adopted emergency regulations (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 25, § 6600 et seq.) to implement the Program (“Program Regulations”), as authorized by Government Code section 65589.9, subdivision (d); and
WHEREAS, the City of South Lake Tahoe (“Applicant”) desires to submit an application for a Prohousing Designation (“Application”).

THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED THAT:

1. Applicant is hereby authorized and directed to submit an Application to the Department.

2. Applicant acknowledges and confirms that it is currently in compliance with applicable state housing law.

3. Applicant acknowledges and confirms that it will continue to comply with applicable housing laws and to refrain from enacting laws, developing policies, or taking other local governmental actions that may or do inhibit or constrain housing production.

Examples of such local laws, policies, and action include moratoriums on development; local voter approval requirements related to housing production; downzoning; and unduly restrictive or onerous zoning regulations, development standards, or permit procedures. Applicant further acknowledges and confirms that it commits itself to affirmatively furthering fair housing pursuant to Government Code section 8899.50.
430

4. If the Application is approved, Applicant is hereby authorized and directed to enter into, execute, and deliver all documents required or deemed necessary or appropriate to participate in the Program, and all amendments thereto (the “Program Documents”).

5. Applicant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be subject to the Application; the terms and conditions specified in the Program Documents; the Program Regulations; and any and all other applicable law.

6. City Manager is authorized to execute and deliver the Application and the Program Documents on behalf of the Applicant for participation in the Program.

PASSED AND ADOPTED this 12th day of September, 2023, by the following vote:

AYES: _____ NOES: _____ ABSENT: ____ ABSTAIN: _____
The undersigned, Clerk of Public Entity of Applicant, does hereby attest and certify that the foregoing is a true and full copy of a resolution of the Applicant’s governing body adopted at a duly convened meeting on the date above-mentioned, and that the resolution has not been altered, amended, or repealed.

SIGNATURE: _____________________ DATE: _____________________ NAME: __________________________ TITLE: _____________________ 431
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: September 12,
2023
Agenda Item #:17
Agenda Item: Affordable Housing Waitlist and Rental Registry Discussion Executive Summary: On March 28, 2023, Mayor Pro Tem Bass (seconded by Councilmember Wallace) requested a summary of all waitlists associated with the affordable housing properties in the City. On August 8, 2023, Councilmember Robbins (seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Bass), requested that an item be brought to City Council at a future meeting to discuss establishing a registration requirement for rental properties. This item includes both of those requests.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to provide direction to the City Manager on: (1) whether to conduct affordable housing waitlist monitoring and reporting; and (2) whether to bring back an ordinance to require registration of rental properties.

Responsible Staff Member: Zach Thomas, Housing Manager
Reviewed and Approved By: Hilary Roverud, Development Services Director Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirove, Director of Finance Heather Staoud, City Attorney Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Affordable Housing Waitlist and Rental Registry.docx 02-Affordable Properties Waitlist.pdf
432
Council Agenda Report- September 12, 2023 Page 1 of 3
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: September 12, 2023
Title: Affordable Housing Waitlist and Rental Registry Discussion Location: City-wide
Responsible Staff Member: Zach Thomas, Housing Manager
Background: The City’s adopted Housing Element provides the policy and program direction for the City’s housing activities which are further prioritized by the City’s Strategic Plan.

The Housing Element is comprised of two primary sections. The first part, a Background Report contains the analysis that is used to inform the Policy Document. The Policy Document is the second part which outlines the policies and programs to be implemented by the City. While the Background Report contains in depth demographic and housing data and includes a general housing needs assessment, it of course cannot provide a real-time assessment of those actively waiting for affordable housing.

Effectively addressing the housing crisis involves hitting the right balance between numerous policies and programs and allocating resources to effectively implement them. As such, it is reasonable to consistently seek out information to ensure all investment is geared towards the greatest needs. To this end, on March 28, 2023, Mayor Pro Tem Bass (seconded by Councilmember Wallace) has requested that an item be brought to City Council to discuss the number of people actively waiting for affordable housing. On August 8, 2023, Councilmember Robbins (seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Bass) requested that an item be brought to City Council to consider establishing a registration requirement for rental properties. This informational discussion item is being presented in response to these requests.

Issue and Discussion: To inform a discussion surrounding the general need for affordable housing within the City, staff has compiled the waitlists from the 8 income-qualified properties within the City (totaling 344 units). These are properties that the City is obligated to conduct monitoring for compliance with funding source requirements. For context, the Sugar Pine Village Affordable Housing Project under construction is 248 units. The compiled list consists of 1163 total people and is attached to this report. Based on a review of the individual lists, there are about 100+ names that appear on multiple lists. As such, there are approximately 1,000 individuals on the compiled lists. The approximate wait times range from 1-7 years depending on the size of unit.

It is worth noting the properties serving senior or special needs populations are in especially high demand.

The waitlist serves to document the number of people actively seeking out affordable units vs. the number that are immediately available. Those on the waitlist are choosing to wait for a unit while others may choose to not put their name on the list and seek alternative arrangements. As such, waitlists may be influenced by a variety of factors. Regardless, the need for affordable housing is well established.
433
Council Agenda Report- September 12, 2023 Page 2 of 3
The active review of waitlists may serve as another metric in trying to understand the real-time housing need and therefore has value. However, it does not tell the entire story. The resulting impacts of dealing with a lack of affordable housing is different for everyone. For some, it simply means being housing “cost burdened” as they are spending a disproportionate amount of their income on housing. For others it may result in seeking housing in overcrowded or substandard housing conditions, which is a condition actively addressed by other housing programs. In more extreme cases it may mean a slide into homelessness, which again, has a ripple effect into other programs. Either way a lack of affordable housing has a real impact on people’s lives and is a drag on the entire local economy on multiple fronts. This story may not be captured entirely by the numbers identified on the waitlists, however monitoring the waitlists annually may provide an indicator of the effectiveness of City and community efforts to address low-income housing needs.

The Council may choose to simply receive this report as informational or to direct staff to (1) monitor the affordable housing waitlist and provide periodic updates to Council regarding the status of the waitlists; and/or (2) bring back an ordinance to require registration of rental properties. If Council desires to consider an ordinance requiring registration of rental properties, staff requests direction on the scope of such an ordinance. For example, there are approximately 2,400 rental units in the City’s Multifamily Dwelling (6 or more units) and Single Room Occupancy programs combined. A registry requirement could be limited to these Multifamily Dwelling and Single Room Occupancy properties that are already regulated by the City, could include other multifamily properties including those with less than 6 units, or could include all rental properties within the City including single-family dwellings.

Financial Implications: There are no costs associated with this item except the staff time that would be needed if City Council directs the City Manager to conduct affordable housing waitlist monitoring and reporting and/or bringing back an ordinance to require registration of rental properties. It is likely that establishing a rental registry program would require additional staff to implement.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a project under CEQA, because it does not involve any commitment to a specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment, as contemplated by Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Sections 15378(b)(2) and 15378(b)(4) and is, therefore, not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15060(c)(3).

Policy Implications:

This item is consistent with the following adopted policies and programs:

City General Plan Housing Element
Policy 1-1. The City shall adopt programs, ordinances, incentives, land use plans and other regulatory mechanisms that provide opportunities for the private sector to address the housing needs of citizens of all economic levels.

Policy 2-5. The City shall recognize that it will become difficult to attract employees if they cannot afford to purchase or rent housing in South Lake Tahoe. The City shall encourage and support programs and activities that create a robust local economy that provides residents with good paying employment and the means to purchase and/or rent housing in the City. 434
Council Agenda Report- September 12, 2023 Page 3 of 3
Program 2-9. The City shall continue to provide information that describes the myths and realities of multifamily and affordable housing development.
435
2023 Affordable Properties Waitlist
Property Name Total
Units
Income Total number
of people on
the list
1 Bd 2 Bds 3 Bds How often is
the list
updated
1 Bd 2 Bds 3 Bds
Sierra Garden Apartments 1801
Lake Tahoe Blvd.
76 Low and Very
Low-Income
120 51 69 N/A Annually 3-5 yrs. 1-2 yrs. N/A
Evergreen Tahoe Apartments
1432 Melba Drive
26 Low and Very
Low-Income
52 N/A 25 27 Annually N/A 1 yr. 7 yrs.

Tahoe Valley Townhomes
1055 Tata Lane
70 Low and Very
Low-Income
40 13 14 13 Annually 1-2 yrs. 1-2 yrs. 1-3 yrs.

Tahoe Senior Plaza - Seniors
1101 Third St.
45 Extremely and
Very Low-Income
174 174 N/A N/A Annually 2-3 yrs. N/A N/A
Kelly Ridge - Seniors
1447 Herbert Avenue
33 Extremely and
Very Low-Income
24 20 4 N/A Annually 1-2 yrs. 1-2 yrs. N/A
Tahoe Pines Apartments
3431 Spruce Avenue
28 Low-Income 32 N/A 10 22 Semi-Annual N/A 1 yr. 3-5 yrs.

Aspens at Lake Tahoe
3521 Pioneer Trail
48 Low and Very
Low-Income
362 88 106 168 Monthly 1-4 yrs. 1-4 yrs. 1-4 yrs.

Sky Forest Acres -Special Needs
750 Emerald Bay Rd.
18 Extremely and
Very Low-Income
359 295 64 N/A Annually 3-4 yrs. 5 yrs. N/A
Total 344 1163 641 292 230
436
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: September 12,
2023
Agenda Item #:18
Agenda Item: Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Cell Phones, Local Training and Meetings, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, and Preserving Capital Investments, and New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs) Executive Summary: Financial policies that are up to date with current laws, governmental accounting standards and compliance are essential to the prudent financial management of the City’s assets and resources. Staff recommends amendments to the Cell Phone Policy, Local Travel and Meeting Policy, Procurement Policies and Procedures, Grant Funding and Compliance Policy, Travel Policy, and Preserving Capital Investments Policy to streamline efficiencies and update policies to reflect the requirements of current laws and regulations. The purpose of the Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs) policy is to establish procedures and ensure compliance with Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 87, Leases, and GASB Statement No. 96, SBITAs.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution amending financial policies regarding Cell Phones, Local Training and Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, and Preserving Capital Investments, and adopting New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs)
Responsible Staff Member: Andrew Black, Financial Services Supervisor, Lori Marino, Principal Management Analyst and Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Reviewed and Approved By: Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Financial Policy Amendments and New Policy.docx 02-Resolution - Financial Policy Amendments and New Policy.docx 03-CSLT Cell Phones Policy Redline.pdf
04-CSLT Cell Phones Policy (Exh. A to Reso).pdf
05-CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy Redline.pdf
06-CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy (Exh. B to Reso).pdf 07-CSLT Procurement Policy Redline.pdf
08-CSLT Procurement Policy (Exh. C to Reso).pdf
09-CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy Redline.pdf
10- CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy (Exh. D to Reso).pdf 11-CSLT Travel Policy Redline.pdf
12-CSLT Travel Policy (Exh. E to Reso).pdf
13-CSLT Preserving Capital Investments Redline.pdf
14-CSLT Preserving Capital Investments (Exh. F to Reso).pdf 15-CSLT Leases and SBITAs Policy (Exh. G to Reso).pdf
437
Council Agenda Report- September 12, 2023 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: September 12th, 2023
Title: Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Cell Phones, Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, and Preserving Capital Investments, and New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs)
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Andrew Black, Financial Services Supervisor Lori Marino, Principal Management Analyst
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Background: The City Council adopted the City of South Lake Tahoe Comprehensive Financial Policies in July 2005. Each year the policies are reviewed, and necessary amendments, or new policies are presented to the City Council for adoption.

Issue and Discussion: The following policy amendments and additions are recommended:
 Cell Phone Policy: The proposed policy amendments ensures compliance with the Public Records Act including prohibiting employees from transacting Official City Business from personal cell phones unless the communication is captured and retained in a City account.

Updates also removed outdated information.
 Local Training and Meeting Policy: The proposed policy update clarifies and highlights restrictions on using Cal-Cards or Petty Cash for meal costs. It also creates the Emergency Service Meal Approval Form and associated procedures and adds language emphasizing restrictions on payment for meals of representatives of outside agencies, consultants, contractors, or any other attendee. Additionally, it establishes requirements and approval procedures for missing or lost receipts.
 Procurement Policies and Procedures: Amendments to this policy include language added to City Code Chapter 3.45, Article II. Public Contracts and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act as approved by City Council on January 24, 2023. The following paragraphs were added to policy subsections ‘Public Projects (CUPCCA)’ and ‘Bid and RFP/RFQ Evaluations’:
o Prequalification
o Lowest Responsible Bidder
o Design-Build Contracts
o Waiver of Irregularities and Rejection of Bids
438
Council Agenda Report- September 12, 2023 Page 2 of 2
 Grant Funding and Compliance Policy: The proposed policy update clarifies Council approval requirements as a two-step process for both application submittal and award acceptance. It also emphasizes documentation requirements for payment requests of invoices submitted for payment 45 days or more beyond the date of the invoice.  Travel Policy: Proposed amendments to this policy include clarifications regarding Out-of-State travel approval, restrictions on the use of Petty Cash for meals while traveling and establishes requirements for authorization of travel using the Travel Authorization/Advance Form prior to registration or reservations. The policy also establishes requirements and approval procedures for missing or lost receipts.
 Preserving Capital Investments Policy: Amendments to this policy remove outdated language regarding interest capitalization requirements and include other minor clean up changes.  New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs): The proposed policy establishes guidelines for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of leases and Subscription-Based IT Arrangements (SBITAs) in accordance with the requirements of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 87, Leases, and GASB Statement No. 96, SBITAs.

Financial Implications: Financial Policies that are up to date with current laws, governmental accounting standards and compliance are essential to the prudent financial management of the City’s assets and resources. As a result of the new Leases and SBITAs policy, assets and liabilities may be recognized on the City’s Government-wide Statement of Net Position as determined by the policy’s established thresholds.

Environmental Considerations: This action is not a project subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines 15378(b)(2) (general policy and procedure making).

Policy Implications: The overall impact of financial policies is to strengthen and preserve the City’s financial position and fiscal health as well as maintain the highest level of ethics in the stewardship of public funds.
439
Resolution 2023-XXX September 12, 2023 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2023-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
September 12, 2023
Approving Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Cell Phones, Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, Preserving Capital Investments, and Adopting New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs)

BACKGROUND
A. The City of South Lake Tahoe City Council approves and adopts Financial Policies to support the City’s financial operations and ensure its fiscal health; and B. Financial Policies require amendments from time to time to ensure compliance with the requirements set forth in Federal and State law; Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and City Code; and
C. Amendments to the Cell Phone Policy, Local Travel and Meeting Policy, Procurement Policies and Procedures, Grant Funding and Compliance Policy, Travel Policy, and Preserving Capital Investments Policy have been presented to the City Council for review and described in the staff report; and
D. New policy, Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs), establishes guidelines for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of leases and Subscription-Based IT Arrangements (SBITAs) in accordance with the requirements of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 87, Leases, and GASB Statement No. 96, SBITAs; and
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Approves the amendments and updates as described in the Financial Policies- Cell Phones (attached hereto as Exhibit A), Local Training and Meeting (attached hereto as Exhibit B), Procurement Policies and Procedures (attached hereto as Exhibit C), Grant Funding and Compliance (attached hereto as Exhibit D), Travel (attached hereto as Exhibit E), and Preserving Capital Investments (attached hereto as Exhibit F); and

2. Adopts the New Financial Policy - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs) dated September 2023 (attached hereto as Exhibit G).

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on September 12, 2023 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Abstain:

Absent:
________________________ Date: _________
Cristi Creegan, Mayor
440
Resolution 2023-XXX September 12, 2023 Page 2 of 2
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
441
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 1 June September 202308

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY

INTRODUCTION
There are millions of cell phones and wireless communication devices in operation today. This technology is now an integral part of our daily personal and business activity. In this wireless era, cell phones, Personal Digital Assistants (PDA’s), smart phones, etc. provide instant communication and information where one may transact business almost anywhere in the world. These devices are tools to enhance employee productivity, provide safety/security while traveling, and provide a higher level of service to the citizens of South Lake Tahoe.

The benefits of wireless communication devices certainly outweigh the disadvantages. However, with more cell phones in the work environment, the constant ringing, beeping and personal conversations can be distracting. In an effort to maximize efficiency, enhance safety and ensure the equipment is properly used, the City of South Lake Tahoe shall enforce the following policy.

PURPOSE:

The purpose of the Cellular Phone Policy is to:

1. Provide standards and clarification for city-issued and personal cellular phone use;

2. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of communication;

3. Ensure safe work practices when using cell phones while driving or performing work-related activities;

4. Ensure compliance with SB 1613, which will prohibit drivers from using a cell phone unless they are also using a hands-free device; and to

5. Ensure compliance with Federal (IRS), State (AB1234, Public Records Act) and Local (Ethics and Wrongdoing in the Workplace Policies) rules and regulations.

DefinitionsDEFINITIONS
Vehicle – a land motor vehicle, motorcycle, trailer or semi-trailer designed for travel on public roads and or any off road vehicle.

Business call or text – any phone call or text message made by an employee for the purpose of conducting official City business in accordance with that employee’s assigned duties and responsibilities.

Cell phone – any wireless communication device, including personal digital assistants (PDA’s) and smart phones.

City Issued Cell Phone – any wireless communication device, including personal digital assistant (PDA’s) and smart phones provided by the City to the employee for business use.

Personal Cell Phone - an employee owned wireless communication device, including personal digital assistant (PDA’s) and smart phones.

Employee – any person who is hired to provide services to the City on a regular basis in exchange for compensation, or any person who is an elected or appointed official or volunteer, whether or not they are compensated, while acting for or on behalf of the City.

Personal call or text – any phone call or text message made by an employee that is NOT for the purpose of conducting official City business in accordance with that employee’s assigned duties and responsibilities.

I. Use of Cellular Phone for Official Business
A. City-issued Cellular Phone
The Purchasing ManagerFinance Director, or a designee, will determine the suitable carrier(s) for Cityissued cell phones and personal digital assistants (PDA’s). Purchasing ManagerFinance Director, or a 442
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 2 June September200823 designee. shall manage the administration and be the main point of contact for City cell phones and cellular contract(s), including types and models of equipment to be used, number of users, amount of usage, initial set-up, plan changes, service and billing issues and service purchased under the contract. The Purchasing Manager, or his/her designee, shall provide each
Department Head/Division Manager with a copy of telephone calls made by each of their employees for review and approval on a monthly basis.

1. Department Head/Division Manager, whichever is applicable, shall be responsible for determining the employee’s need for a City provided cell phone. In doing so, the Department Head and or Division Manager will analyze the business necessity for such use before authorization.

Department Head/Division Manager shall inform employees of the purpose for cell phone communication while performing City business; ensure the employee understands the Cell Phone Policy; enforce compliance with this policy; and ensure that cell phone use is appropriate and that public funds are prudently spent. Approval shall be given to the Purchasing ManagerFinance Director, or a designee, in writing by using the “Cell Phone Policy Acknowledgment Form” (See Attachment “A”) and the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”).

2. Approving managers shall audit each monthly bill for City-issued phones to account for proper business use prior to sending statement(s) to Purchasing for payment. An approval form will be created and distributed to all Department Heads/Division Managers upon Council’s approval of this Cell Phone Policy.

3.2. Employee shall review and adhere to the Cell Phone Policy.

4.3. Employee should use their cell phone to report emergencies to the appropriate authorities.

5.4. Use of a City provided cell phone for commercial profit or secondary employment is prohibited.

6.5. City provided cell phones shall only be used for appropriate business calls and texts. The employee should use their cell phone only if other methods of communication are not available.

As a general rule, personal phone calls are not allowed on City-issued cell phones. If employee has an urgent personal issue arise, phone must only be used on a de minimus (less than 10 minutes) basis.

7. The City does not offer employees personal use of free night, weekend, cell-to-cell, text, picture or any other enhanced plan.

8.6. City issued cell phones are to be used by the assigned employee(s) only. Allowing family members, friends, etc. to use City equipment is prohibited.

B. Personal Owned Cellular Phone for Official City Business A City employee is offered the option to use his or her personal cellular phone for business purposes if his or her employment activities warrant such a device. Prior approval from the Division Manager or Department Head, whichever is applicable, shall be given in writing by using the “Cell Phone Policy Acknowledgment Form” (see Attachment “A”). While on duty or in the work environment, employees must use their personal cell phones in a professional manner.Employees are prohibited from transacting Official City Business from personal cell phones unless the communication is captured and retained in a City account.

II. General Business Usage
A. All cellular calls using a City issued cell phone should be limited to the shortest possible time.

B. Service charges are incurred by the City for the use of optional services such as directory assistance, direct connection by directory assistance, busy signal confirmations, and emergency 443
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 3 June September200823 interrupts. As such, the use of these services on City-issued cellular phones is restricted for business purposes only and should be used only when absolutely necessary. Monthly usage plans for City-issued cellular phones shall be indicated when filling out the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”).
1) If usage history is deemed to be too low or high a more appropriate plan shall be considered based on the Purchasing Manager’s recommendation. 2) Contact the Purchasing Manager for changes.

C. Each employee assigned a City cellular telephone shall review, on an ongoing basis, their billing statement that itemizes the incoming and outgoing calls to ensure that calls placed on the cellular phone are valid and in conformance with this policy. Calls that appear to be billed to the City in error shall be reported to the Purchasing Division.

D. Unless authorized, text messages are not to be sent or received. If a text message is received that is not authorized you will need to inform the sender to cease sending such text messages. If text messages are part of the employees business needs and authorized, a text message plan should be coordinated with the Purchasing Manager, for business use only, to determine the best, most economic plan that will meet monthly needs.

A. Unless authorized, any enhanced service such as text, data, picture, ringer tones, downloading of songs or internet not included in the basic plan shall not be permitted on a City-issued cellular phone.

B. Those employees who are issued cellular phones with a camera feature shall not use the camera feature except in a work related emergency, or as authorized by the employee’s department or division head. The camera feature is not to be used for personal purposes.

C.A. Employees are not allowed to use the City-issued cellular phones in an illegal, illicit or offensive manner.

D.B. It is important to remember that all payments processed through Accounts Payable, including complete cell phone bills detailing all monthly activity, and all texts are public record.

Using your City issued cell phone appropriately, and for business use only, will avoid problems and questions that might occur by public or outside audit.

E.C.While on duty or in the work environment, employees must use all cell phones and electronic devices in a professional manner.

F.D.It is important to note that all cell phone monthly billings submitted to Accounts Payable for payment become public record and information under the California Public Records Act.

Disciplinary action may be taken for any violation of the City’s Cellular Phone Policy.

III. Replacing a Cellular Phone
A. It is at the discretion of the Department Head/Division Manager and the Purchasing ManagerFinance Director to authorize the replacement/upgrade of a City-issued cellular phone. Use the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”) to initiate such a request.

B. Employees assigned a City cell phone must be diligent in the care and protection of the City asset entrusted to them. Employee may be responsible for replacement if loss or damage to cellular phone is the fault of the employee.

C. In the event of a lost or stolen cellular phone:

1. Report the situation to your cell phone carrier Information Systems Division immediately.

2. Report the situation to your manager.

3. Manager shall contact the Purchasing ManagerFinance Director, or designee. 444
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 4 June September200823

4. Send or fax the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”) to PurchasingInformation Systems Supervisor.

IV. Use of a Personal Cellular Phone During Work Hours

1.A.To avoid situations that are disruptive to the public or fellow employees cellular phone ringers should be turned off or placed into the silent or vibrate mode while at work.

2.B.Personal cellular phones should only be used for personal calls during breaks or at lunch.

3.C.Discussions on a personal cellular phone during a break or lunch should not disrupt other staff members.

4.D.Personal cell phones are the sole responsibility of the employee and the City will not be responsible for repair or replacement if damaged or lost.

V. Safe Use of Cell Phone/Electronic Devices While Operating a Vehicle Effective July 1, 2008, state law prohibits the use of cell phones while operating a vehicle unless the driver is using a hands-free device. There are three exceptions to the law:
 Emergency services personnel are exempt from the law when operating an authorized emergency vehicle;
 Drivers of commercial vehicles may continue to utilize two-way communication equipment (i.e. Nextel Push to Talk, CB, etc.) while driving a truck or trailer until July 1, 2011;
 The law does not apply to persons using their cell phone to contact law enforcement or public safety agencies for emergency purposes.

With the exception of the above, employees must refrain from; operating cellular phones or other devices or any activity that may distract from safely operating a motor vehicle. Using cell phones or other devices while driving leads to increased risk of accident and liability to the City and the employee.

To limit the risk, all employees shall adhere to the following:

1. Use a hands-free device if you must make or receive a call. SB 1613, effective 07/01/2008 prohibits drivers from using a cell phone unless they are also using a handsfree device. Please note certain exceptions mentioned above.

2. Make calls before starting the vehicle and proceeding to your destination.

3. If possible, pull over or park in an appropriate manner before initiating or answering a call.

4. Allow voice mail to handle your incoming calls and return them at your safe convenience.

5. Refrain from making personal calls, except for emergencies; while operating a City owned vehicle, rental vehicle or your own vehicle for City related business.

6. Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations.

7. Always drive vehicles in a safe manner. It is recommended that the employee avoid activities that can cause a distraction and/or take your eyes and attention off of the road, including, but not limited to; taking notes, looking up phone numbers, text messaging, eating, drinking, smoking, loading or unloading CD’s, or changing radio stations.

8. When possible, employees using two-way communication equipment (i.e. Nextel “push to talk” device) should safely pull over before communicating. If pulling over is not an option, maintain a safe driving distance between the vehicle in front of you and be conscious of your surroundings.

9. While driving vehicles equipped with laptops, GPS/Navigation tools or other computerized equipment employees shall use such equipment in a safe manner and, when safe to do so, pull over and park to use such equipment. 445
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 5 June September200823 All City Employees, while operating a vehicle for City related business, will adhere to California Law SB1613 regarding the use of a hands free device for cell phones. Any fines received while operating a vehicle for City related business are the sole responsibility of the driver.

VI. Exceptions
A. Exceptions to this policy may be authorized by the City Manager following a written request for consideration from a Department Head, along with appropriate justification.

Attachments:
 Acknowledgment Signature Form – “A”
 Wireless Equipment Request Form – “B”
446
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 6 June September200823

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY

ATTACHMENT “A”

ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF CELL PHONE POLICY FOR THE CITY OF

SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
By signing below, I agree that I have read, understand and will adhere to the City of South Lake Tahoe’s Cell Phone Policy.

Employee is authorized by their Dept. Head/Div. Mgr. to use the text message feature on their City issued cellular device:

Yes_________ Purpose?____________________________________ No_________ Employee is authorized by their Dept. Head/Division Mgr. to use the camera feature on their City issued cellular device:

Yes________ Purpose?____________________________________ No_________ Other enhanced features Dept. Head/Division Manager authorizes employee to use on their City issued cellular device:
_______________________________ Purpose?______________________________ Employee is authorized by their Dept. Head/Division Manager to use their personal cellular device for business use. Non-Exempt employees may do so during regularly scheduled business hours only, due to FSLA rules:

Yes________ No_________
Employee’s Signature:___________________________________________________ Employee’s Printed Name:________________________________________________ Department Head Signature/Title:__________________________________________ Division Manager Signature/Title:__________________________________________ Date:_________________________________________________________________ 447
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 7 June September200823

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY
ATTACHMENT “B”

WIRELESS EQUIPMENT REQUEST FORM
Use this form to authorize and order wireless equipment. Send or fax to Purchasing (542-7950)Information Systems Supervisor.

Today’s date:_______________________ Need by date:_____________________ Employee Name:______________________________________________________________ Reason for Request (Check the appropriate box)
New User

Replacement, Damaged or Upgrade
Replacement, Lost or Stolen
Type of device requested (Check the appropriate box)
Cellular Phone Monthly Minutes Required:_________________________________ Blackberry Device Data & Phone Monthly Minutes Required:_____________ (Check one)>>>>
Data Only
PC Wireless CardiPad
Pager
Shared Plan? Shared with what other number(s):___________________________________ (Check if shared minute plan)
____________________________________________________________________________ Additional Features? List features required:_______________________________________ Authorized By: (Please Print and Sign) ______________________________________________ ( Department Head) (Title)
Authorized By: (Please Print and Sign) ______________________________________________ (Division Manager, if Applicable) (Title)
Date:_____________________________________________________________ } Phone Number: ( )_____________________
448
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 1 September 2023

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY

INTRODUCTION
There are millions of cell phones and wireless communication devices in operation today. This technology is now an integral part of our daily personal and business activity. In this wireless era, cell phones provide instant communication and information where one may transact business almost anywhere in the world. These devices are tools to enhance employee productivity, provide safety/security while traveling, and provide a higher level of service to the citizens of South Lake Tahoe.

The benefits of wireless communication devices certainly outweigh the disadvantages. In an effort to maximize efficiency, enhance safety and ensure the equipment is properly used, the City of South Lake Tahoe shall enforce the following policy.

PURPOSE
The purpose of the Cellular Phone Policy is to:

1. Provide standards and clarification for city-issued and personal cellular phone use;

2. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of communication;

3. Ensure safe work practices when using cell phones while driving or performing work-related activities;

4. Ensure compliance with SB 1613, which will prohibit drivers from using a cell phone unless they are also using a hands-free device; and to

5. Ensure compliance with Federal (IRS), State (AB1234, Public Records Act) and Local (Ethics and Wrongdoing in the Workplace Policies) rules and regulations.

DEFINITIONS
Vehicle – a land motor vehicle, motorcycle, trailer or semi-trailer designed for travel on public roads and or any off road vehicle.

Business call or text – any phone call or text message made by an employee for the purpose of conducting official City business in accordance with that employee’s assigned duties and responsibilities.

Cell phone – any wireless communication device, including smart phones.

City Issued Cell Phone – any wireless communication device, including smart phones provided by the City to the employee for business use.

Personal Cell Phone - an employee owned wireless communication device, including personal digital assistant (PDA’s) and smart phones.

Employee – any person who is hired to provide services to the City on a regular basis in exchange for compensation, or any person who is an elected or appointed official or volunteer, whether or not they are compensated, while acting for or on behalf of the City.

Personal call or text – any phone call or text message made by an employee that is NOT for the purpose of conducting official City business in accordance with that employee’s assigned duties and responsibilities.

I. Use of Cellular Phone for Official Business
A. City-issued Cellular Phone
The Finance Director, or a designee, will determine the suitable carrier(s) for City-issued cell phones. Finance Director, or a designee. shall manage the administration and be the main point of contact for City cell phones and cellular contract(s), including types and models of equipment to be used, number of users, amount of usage, initial set-up, plan changes, service and billing issues and service purchased under the contract. 449
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 2 September 2023

1. Department Head/Division Manager, whichever is applicable, shall be responsible for determining the employee’s need for a City provided cell phone. In doing so, the Department Head or Division Manager will analyze the business necessity for such use before authorization. Department Head/Division Manager shall inform employees of the purpose for cell phone communication while performing City business; ensure the employee understands the Cell Phone Policy; enforce compliance with this policy; and ensure that cell phone use is appropriate and that public funds are prudently spent. Approval shall be given to the Finance Director, or a designee, in writing by using the “Cell Phone Policy Acknowledgment Form” (See Attachment “A”) and the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”).

2. Employee shall review and adhere to the Cell Phone Policy.

3. Employee should use their cell phone to report emergencies to the appropriate authorities.

4. Use of a City provided cell phone for commercial profit or secondary employment is prohibited.

5. City provided cell phones shall only be used for appropriate business calls and texts. As a general rule, personal phone calls are not allowed on City-issued cell phones. If employee has an urgent personal issue arise, phone must only be used on a de minimus (less than 10 minutes) basis.

6. City issued cell phones are to be used by the assigned employee(s) only. Allowing family members, friends, etc. to use City equipment is prohibited.

B. Personal Owned Cellular Phone for Official City Business Employees are prohibited from transacting Official City Business from personal cell phones unless the communication is captured and retained in a City account.

II. General Business Usage
A. Employees are not allowed to use the City-issued cellular phones in an illegal, illicit or offensive manner.

B. It is important to remember that all payments processed through Accounts Payable, including complete cell phone bills detailing all monthly activity, and all texts are public record. Using your City issued cell phone appropriately, and for business use only, will avoid problems and questions that might occur by public or outside audit.

C. While on duty or in the work environment, employees must use all cell phones and electronic devices in a professional manner.

D. It is important to note that all cell phone monthly billings submitted to Accounts Payable for payment become public record and information under the California Public Records Act.

Disciplinary action may be taken for any violation of the City’s Cellular Phone Policy.

III. Replacing a Cellular Phone
A. It is at the discretion of the Department Head/Division Manager and the Finance Director to authorize the replacement/upgrade of a City-issued cellular phone. Use the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”) to initiate such a request.

B. Employees assigned a City cell phone must be diligent in the care and protection of the City asset entrusted to them. Employee may be responsible for replacement if loss or damage to cellular phone is the fault of the employee.

C. In the event of a lost or stolen cellular phone:

1. Report the situation to Information Systems Division immediately.

2. Report the situation to your manager.

3. Manager shall contact the Finance Director, or designee.

4. Send the “Wireless Equipment Request Form” (see Attachment “B”) to Information Systems Supervisor. 450
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 3 September 2023

IV. Use of a Personal Cellular Phone During Work Hours
A. To avoid situations that are disruptive to the public or fellow employees cellular phone ringers should be turned off or placed into the silent or vibrate mode while at work.

B. Personal cellular phones should only be used for personal calls during breaks or at lunch.

C. Discussions on a personal cellular phone during a break or lunch should not disrupt other staff members.

D. Personal cell phones are the sole responsibility of the employee and the City will not be responsible for repair or replacement if damaged or lost.

V. Safe Use of Cell Phone/Electronic Devices While Operating a Vehicle Effective July 1, 2008, state law prohibits the use of cell phones while operating a vehicle unless the driver is using a hands-free device. There are three exceptions to the law:
 Emergency services personnel are exempt from the law when operating an authorized emergency vehicle;
 Drivers of commercial vehicles may continue to utilize two-way communication equipment (i.e. Nextel Push to Talk, CB, etc.) while driving a truck or trailer until July 1, 2011;  The law does not apply to persons using their cell phone to contact law enforcement or public safety agencies for emergency purposes.

With the exception of the above, employees must refrain from; operating cellular phones or other devices or any activity that may distract from safely operating a motor vehicle. Using cell phones or other devices while driving leads to increased risk of accident and liability to the City and the employee.

To limit the risk, all employees shall adhere to the following:

1. Use a hands-free device if you must make or receive a call. SB 1613, effective 07/01/2008 prohibits drivers from using a cell phone unless they are also using a hands-free device. Please note certain exceptions mentioned above.

2. Make calls before starting the vehicle and proceeding to your destination.

3. If possible, pull over or park in an appropriate manner before initiating or answering a call.

4. Allow voice mail to handle your incoming calls and return them at your safe convenience.

5. Refrain from making personal calls, except for emergencies; while operating a City owned vehicle, rental vehicle or your own vehicle for City related business.

6. Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations.

7. Always drive vehicles in a safe manner. It is recommended that the employee avoid activities that can cause a distraction and/or take your eyes and attention off of the road, including, but not limited to; taking notes, looking up phone numbers, text messaging, eating, drinking, smoking, loading or unloading CD’s, or changing radio stations.

8. When possible, employees using two-way communication equipment (i.e. Nextel “push to talk” device) should safely pull over before communicating. If pulling over is not an option, maintain a safe driving distance between the vehicle in front of you and be conscious of your surroundings.

9. While driving vehicles equipped with laptops, GPS/Navigation tools or other computerized equipment employees shall use such equipment in a safe manner and, when safe to do so, pull over and park to use such equipment.

All City Employees, while operating a vehicle for City related business, will adhere to California Law SB1613 regarding the use of a hands free device for cell phones. Any fines received while operating a vehicle for City related business are the sole responsibility of the driver.

Attachments:
 Acknowledgment Signature Form – “A”
 Wireless Equipment Request Form – “B”
451
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 4 September 2023

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY

ATTACHMENT “A”

ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF CELL PHONE POLICY FOR THE CITY OF

SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
By signing below, I agree that I have read, understand and will adhere to the City of South Lake Tahoe’s Cell Phone Policy.

Employee’s Signature:___________________________________________________ Employee’s Printed Name:________________________________________________ Department Head Signature/Title:__________________________________________ Division Manager Signature/Title:__________________________________________ Date:_________________________________________________________________

452
City of SLT Financial Policies – Cell Phones 5 September 2023

CELLULAR PHONE POLICY

ATTACHMENT “B”

WIRELESS EQUIPMENT REQUEST FORM
Use this form to authorize and order wireless equipment. Send or fax to Information Systems Supervisor.

Today’s date:_______________________ Need by date:_____________________ Employee Name:______________________________________________________________ Reason for Request (Check the appropriate box)
New User

Replacement, Damaged or Upgrade
Replacement, Lost or Stolen
Type of device requested (Check the appropriate box)
Cellular Phone
iPad
Additional Features? List features required:_______________________________________ Authorized By: (Please Print and Sign) ______________________________________________ ( Department Head) (Title)
Authorized By: (Please Print and Sign) ______________________________________________ (Division Manager, if Applicable) (Title)
Date:_____________________________________________________________ } Phone Number: ( )_____________________
453
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 1 September August 20232

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

LOCAL TRAINING AND MEETING POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for local travel, training, and meeting expenses required for City business; NOT requiring an overnight stay. All City employees and City officials utilizing public resources for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
This policy is organized into the following seven sections: Page

1. General Standards ............................................................................................................. 2

2. Delegation of Authority .................................................................................................... 2

3. One Day Travel ................................................................................................................. 3

3.1. Local Meeting and Training ......................................................................................... 3

3.2. Transportation Costs .................................................................................................... 3

3.3. Local Travel Meals ...................................................................................................... 4

4. Local Business and Meeting ............................................................................................. 4

4.1. Special Events ............................................................................................................... 5

4.2. Staff Meetings ............................................................................................................... 5

4.3. Interagency Business Meetings and Training .............................................................. 6

4.4. Unallowable Business Expenses ................................................................................... 7

4.5. Current Per Diem Rates ............................................................................................... 7

5. Accounting for Expenses .................................................................................................. 7-8  Missing or Lost Reciepts…………………………………………………………8

5.1. Falsification of Expenses ............................................................................................. 8

6. Forms and Publications .................................................................................................... 9

6.1. IRS Publications and CA Gov’t Code .......................................................................... 9 Payment Request Form ............................................................................................... 10 Monthly CalCard Purchase Report ............................................................................. 11 Emergency Service Meal Approval Form……………………………………………………14

Formatted: Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 1.01" +
Indent at: 1.26"
454
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 2 September August 20232

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on the reimbursement of Local Travel, Training, Meeting, and/or Business Expenses incurred on official business within the local area of an employee’s official worksite, or for travel not requiring an overnight stay. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws.

This policy covers local business expenses and transportation. It does not cover business trips where there is an overnight stay involved. This is addressed in the Travel Policy. “Local travel” means travel necessary to conduct official business and is performed by the most direct route within and adjacent to an employee’s official worksite which does not require an overnight stay. This is considered “one-day” travel.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Local Travel, Training, and Meeting Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

General Policy: Public funds should be used only for activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose.

2. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY:

The Authorized Signor is accountable for determining the use of public funds to be reasonable and justified by the purpose of the one-day travel, meeting, training or conference and responsible to review and approve Reimbursement Request Forms, Cal-Card Statements, as well as understanding the requirements of this policy.

Finance Director approves for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
455
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 3 September August 20232

3. ONE-DAY TRAVEL:

All employees must receive permission for local travel and/ or training from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling time away from their normal worksite.

3.1. LOCAL MEETING AND TRAINING COSTS
The City will direct pay or reimburse expenses incurred when attending meetings, trainings or conferences held locally, subject to the following:
 Registration fees, or other cost of attendance- employees can request direct payment to vendor, use a Cal Card, or be reimbursed upon completion.  Department/Division Head should ensure there is enough budget in the appropriate expense line item to cover the costs.
 A Payment Request Form with all substantiated receipts must be submitted.  If a Cal Card is used as payment, a Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report must be used with description/explanation of expenses and itemized receipts attached.

3.2. TRANSPORTATION COSTS
The most cost-effective means of transportation should be used while on City business. Staff is encouraged to use a City Vehicle for local travel.
 City Vehicle - If a City vehicle is used, employees are encouraged to obtain fuel at the Corporation Yard. If this option is unavailable, gas will be reimbursed with receipt upon return.

 Personal Vehicle: The employee will be reimbursed for mileage in accordance with current federal mileage rates. When an employee travels from home directly to a business-related event, the reimbursement shall include only those miles from the employees’ normal place of work on that day. To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business, employees are required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Human Resources with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be the employees responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.
 Vehicle Allowance: Employees receiving a Vehicle Allowance are not eligible for mileage reimbursement or use of a City car for travel to locations that are less than 60 miles from their destination.
 Parking will be reimbursed at the lowest rate available. Receipts for parking, Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.21", No bullets or
numbering
456
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 4 September August 20232 should accompany all reimbursement claims.

3.3. LOCAL TRAVEL MEALS
Per IRC §162(a)(2) IRS Publication 15:

Meals Away From Tax Home But Not Overnight are taxable as wages to the employee because travel must be away from the home work-site overnight to be excludable.

Example: An employee is required to work off-site for the day but not overnight; these meals would be considered taxable as wages.
 City employees shall be expected to provide their own meals and refreshments while working offsite or attending meetings, trainings, and conferences for which no overnight travel is required. One day travel meals will not be reimbursed.

CAL-Cards or Petty Cash cannot be used for meal costs.

4. LOCAL TRAINING , BUSINESS AND MEETING EXPENSES:

This section defines the circumstances under which a staff member or elected official can be reimbursed for business or meeting expenses not related to local or overnight travel, incurred on behalf of official business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card) or Petty Cash, cannot be used as payment for meals. Please see Section 8 (Restricted and prohibited purchases) of the Cal-Card User Handbook or refer to Financial Policies – Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash .

The ONLY CAL-Card exceptions are the following:
1) Meals provided on City premises to City Council and required staff during official City Council or other legislative meetings requiring officials to remain on-site throughout a meal period.
2) De Minimis (Light) snacks and refreshments for on-site trainings, meetings, or interview panels held on City premises. For example (coffee, juice, snacks) 3) Meals for employees required to perform their job duties in excess of 12 hours providing direct benefit to the City, in Emergency operations or protection of human life or property. The Finance Director and the City Manager may authorize Cal-Card payment, reimbursement or Per Diem expenses for employees in this circumstance (Federal OAS 5770.1). The City Manager, and Finance Director must approveuthorize the “Emergency Service Meal Approval Form” in writing the need ttoo incur this type of expense, along with Formatted: Font: 14 pt
Formatted: Font: 14 pt
Formatted: Font: Bold
457
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 5 September August 20232 documentation and receipts as required perin this policy. 458
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 6 September August 20232

4.1 SPECIAL EVENTS
The City will reimburse expenses incurred for such meetings and hospitality as determined by the City Council to be appropriate. Costs for such special occasions will be determined by specific Council action authorizing such events (ex: July 4th Parade, Business Expo., etc.) Employee Appreciation – Occasional parties, picnics, events, or meals to promote goodwill is allowable via direct payment or reimbursement, subject to available budget, Finance Director authorization, and the following criteria:
 The offer is extended to all employees/guests in the Department/ Division requesting the event.
 Authorized Payment Request form and all substantiated receipts must be submitted for reimbursement detailing date, time, location, reason for celebration, number of employees and meals provided.
 Cost must not exceed current Per Diem Rates for meal provided, per attendee.  Alcohol is not an allowable city expense and will not be reimbursed or paid for with City funds.

4.2 STAFF MEETINGS
On-Site Staff Meetings- De Minimis (light) meals and refreshments may be reimbursed for staff meetings held on City premises. For example (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks) Off-Site Staff Meetings – On Occasion (not more than 3 times/year), Department Heads may find it beneficial to schedule off-site working meals to facilitate project planning or staff meetings. In such cases, it shall be at the discretion of the Finance Director and/or City Manager to use City funds to conduct business in this manner with available department budget per the following conditions:
 Meals must not exceed current Federal Per Diem rates per person.  Meals must be provided to more than half (50%) of the Department and attended by the staff member conducting the meeting.
 Meals will NOT be reimbursed for a meeting solely between employees (must be 50% or more of departmental staff in attendance).
 Substantiated receipts and all other expenses associated with this meeting must be attached to a detailed Payment Request form signed by the Finance Director and include the following information:
1) date, time and location of the meeting
2) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
3) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
4) names of staff members present
Formatted: Font: Bold
459
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 7 September August 20232

4.3 INTERAGENCY BUSINESS MEETINGS AND TRAINING
On-Site Business Meetings/ Training: The city will pay for certain costs associated with an employee or City Official to attend or host a business meeting, training, or conference held on City premises, subject to the following:
 Printed materials, general office supplies, required training materials and supplies.  De Minimis (light) snacks and refreshments (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks).

Off-Site Business/ Interagency Meeting: Public funds should only be used for business activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose. In general, the use of public funds for business meeting meals should be kept to a minimum.
“Off-Site” includes any facility, restaurant, food and beverage establishment, conference room, or location in lieu of a City owned facility.
“Interagency Meetings” are beneficial meetings used to discuss items of mutual interest between agencies, to promote cooperative efforts that not only benefit the agencies involved but the City as a whole.
 Cost of renting conference or meeting space while hosting a local meeting or training is allowable with Department Head approval and reasonable explanation as to why off-site accommodations are necessary.
 Employees may be reimbursed for “off-site” interagency business meeting meals when all the following criteria is met (Cal Card is prohibited):

1. The main purpose of the combined business and meal is directly related to the active conduct of business regarding the City of South Lake Tahoe and business is conducted throughout the meal period.

1.2. Reimbursement is only for the meal costs of city employees at the meeting. The City cannot pay for meals of representatives from outside agenciesy employees or consultants, contractors or any other attendee .

2.3. It is justified that it was not practical or reasonable to schedule the meeting at a time other than a meal time.

3.4. Meals will only be reimbursed at the current Federal Per Diem Rate for the meal time the expense was incurred. Employee will be responsible for costs above the Per Diem Rate.

4.5. Itemized receipts and documentation (agenda, minutes, event brochures etc.) must be submitted with a Reimbursement Request Form signed by the Finance Director along with the following information:
a) date, time, location, names of those present at the meeting Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font color: Auto
460
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 8 September August 20232 b) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
c) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
461
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 9 September August 20232  Elected City Officials attending “off-site” business meetings, or events at the expense of the City, are subject to the requirements in California Government Code Article 2.3 Section 53232.3 and must adhere to the following:

1. Members of a legislative body shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the local agency at the next regular meeting of the legislative body.

2. Members of a legislative body requesting reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties, must submit a detailed Reimbursement Request form subject to the requirements and documentation noted above.

4.4 UNALLOWABLE BUSINESS EXPENSES
 Expenses personal in nature, not related to conducting business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.
 Purchasing meals or entertainment for Vendors, Consultants, Suppliers, or Service Providers.
 Alcoholic Beverages
 Entertainment Expenses
 Meals purchased with a Cal Card is prohibited (see above for exceptions).  Unauthorized expenses or those not documented on an approved Payment Request Form.

4.5 CURRENT PER DIEM RATES
Current Per Diem rates in 20232 are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Mileage: 652.5 cents per mile
** rates subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem

5. ACCOUNTING FOR EXPENSES:

Upon return from official function, a final accounting of all expenses must be approved by your approving official and submitted to Accounts Payable within ten working days.

A detailed Reimbursement Request Form with substantiated receipts and/or mileage documentation is required in all cases. Expenses paid with a Cal Card must be detailed on the Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with itemized receipts attached.

Per IRS Section 15; to be excluded from taxable wages, your Payment Request Form or Cal Card Purchase Report must include the following:
462
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 10 September August 20232  The business purpose of the meeting, training or conference (where applicable; attach meeting agenda, training registration, conference invitation etc.).  The date, time, and location.
 Receipts for registration, parking and applicable meal expenses.  Mileage documentation or gas receipts.
 All other required documentation outlined in this policy.  Submit detailed Payment Request Form to Accounts Payable signed by authorized signor within 10 days of Meeting or Event when requesting reimbursement and/or;  Submit detailed Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with Cal Card Statement for allowable expenses paid with a Cal Card.

Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:
 All expenses are reasonable, necessary and consistent with this policy.  All required itemized receipts are attached.
 The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).  Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.  Final accounting on appropriate form is submitted to Finance. * Missing or Lost Receipts: Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income.

Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of expenses and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires all of the information as noted above as well as the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If a personal credit card or debit card was used, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with the Reimbursement Request form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

Failure to provide the required documentation on the appropriate authorized forms, necessitates the payments be taxable to the employee; therefore, the city will NOT reimburse any expenses without submittal of documentation in accordance with this policy.

5.1 FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
California Government Code
53232.4 Penalties for misuse of public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of expense reporting polices may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) The loss of reimbursement privileges.
(b) Restitution to the local agency.

Formatted: Normal, Right: 0", Space Before: 2 pt, No
bullets or numbering, Tab stops: 1.21", Left + Not at

1.17"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.96"
463
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 11 September August 20232 (c) Civil penalties for misuse of public resources pursuant to Section 8314. (d) Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the Penal Code.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a detailed Reimbursement Request Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director and City Manager. 464
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 12 September August 20232

6. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when requesting reimbursement of expenses or when using a Cal Card.
 Payment Request Form
 Monthly Bank Card Purchasing Report (Cal Card)

6.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)/ CA Gov’t Code
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017  California Code, Government Code AB1234– Gov §53232.3, §53232.4 465
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 13 September August 20232

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#
Date Prepared: Comments/Notes:

Pay To:

Due Date:

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $
APPROVED:

APPROVED: Budget Available:

APPROVED: Reimbursable:

Project/ Funding Source:

Project/ Funding Source:
466
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 14 September August 20232 Formatted: Centered
467
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 15 August September 2023 Name:

Dept / Div:

MONTHLY CALCARD PURCHASE REPORT
Card #:

Statement Date:

ATTACHMENT # DATE RECEIPT / INVOICE # VENDOR'S NAME DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASE ACCOUNT # TO BE CHARGED $ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(from
statement)

USE TAX

7.75% (if
tax was not
included by
vendor)
$ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(including Use
Tax)
√ DISPUTED
ITEM
1 $ - 2 $ - 3 $ - 4 $ - 5 $ - 6 $ - 7 $ - 8 $ - 9 $ -
10 $ - 11 $ - 12 $ -
$ - $ - $ -
Cardholder signature: Date:

Approving official signature: Date:

I certify that all purchases listed on this statement, unless noted in the "√ Disputed Item" column, are true and correct and were made for official City of South Lake Tahoe use. All goods or services have been received & payment is authorized. I.M.P.A.C. has been notified of all disputed items and a copy of the Cardholder Statement of Questioned Items is attached. *####
468
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 16 August September 2023 Formatted: Indent: Left: 4.02"Formatted: Left, Indent: Left: 4.02" 469
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 1 September 2023

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

LOCAL TRAINING AND MEETING POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for local travel, training, and meeting expenses required for City business; NOT requiring an overnight stay. All City employees and City officials utilizing public resources for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .................................................................................................................................... 2

2. Delegation of Authority ........................................................................................................................... 2

3. One Day Travel ......................................................................................................................................... 3

3.1 Local Meeting and Training .............................................................................................................. 3

3.2 Transportation Costs .......................................................................................................................... 3

3.3 Local Travel Meals ............................................................................................................................. 4

4. Local Business and Meeting .................................................................................................................... 4 * Meal Exceptions ................................................................................................................................ 4

4.1 Special Events ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 Staff Meetings ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.3 Interagency Business Meetings and Training .................................................................................. 6

4.4 Unallowable Business Expenses ......................................................................................................... 7

4.5 Current Per Diem Rates ..................................................................................................................... 7

5. Accounting for Expenses .......................................................................................................................7-8 * Missing or Lost Receipts .................................................................................................................. 8

5.1 Falsification of Expenses .................................................................................................................8-9

6. Forms and Publications............................................................................................................................. 9

6.1 IRS Publications and CA Gov’t Code ............................................................................................... 9 Payment Request Form ................................................................................................................... 10 Emergency Meal Approval Form ................................................................................................... 11 Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report .............................................................................................. 12 470
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 2 September 2023

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on the reimbursement of Local Travel, Training, Meeting, and/or Business Expenses incurred on official business within the local area of an employee’s official worksite, or for travel not requiring an overnight stay. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws.

This policy covers local business expenses and transportation. It does not cover business trips where there is an overnight stay involved. This is addressed in the Travel Policy. “Local travel” means travel necessary to conduct official business and is performed by the most direct route within and adjacent to an employee’s official worksite which does not require an overnight stay. This is considered “one-day” travel.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Local Travel, Training, and Meeting Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

General Policy: Public funds should be used only for activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose.

2. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY:

The Authorized Signor is accountable for determining the use of public funds to be reasonable and justified by the purpose of the one-day travel, meeting, training or conference and responsible to review and approve Reimbursement Request Forms, Cal-Card Statements, as well as understanding the requirements of this policy.

Finance Director approves for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
471
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 3 September 2023

3. ONE-DAY TRAVEL:

All employees must receive permission for local travel and/ or training from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling time away from their normal worksite.

3.1. LOCAL MEETING AND TRAINING COSTS
The City will direct pay or reimburse expenses incurred when attending meetings, trainings or conferences held locally, subject to the following:
• Registration fees, or other cost of attendance- employees can request direct payment to vendor, use a Cal Card, or be reimbursed upon completion. • Department/Division Head should ensure there is enough budget in the appropriate expense line item to cover the costs.
• A Payment Request Form with all substantiated receipts must be submitted. • If a Cal Card is used as payment, a Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report must be used with description/explanation of expenses and itemized receipts attached.

3.2. TRANSPORTATION COSTS
The most cost-effective means of transportation should be used while on City business. Staff is encouraged to use a City Vehicle for local travel.
• City Vehicle - If a City vehicle is used, employees are encouraged to obtain fuel at the Corporation Yard. If this option is unavailable, gas will be reimbursed with receipt upon return.
• Personal Vehicle: The employee will be reimbursed for mileage in accordance with current federal mileage rates. When an employee travels from home directly to a business-related event, the reimbursement shall include only those miles from the employees’ normal place of work on that day. To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business, employees are required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Human Resources with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be the employees responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.
• Vehicle Allowance: Employees receiving a Vehicle Allowance are not eligible for mileage reimbursement or use of a City car for travel to locations that are less than 60 miles from their destination.
• Parking will be reimbursed at the lowest rate available. Receipts for parking, should accompany all reimbursement claims.
472
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 4 September 2023

3.3. LOCAL TRAVEL MEALS
Per IRC §162(a)(2) IRS Publication 15:

Meals Away From Tax Home But Not Overnight are taxable as wages to the employee because travel must be away from the home work-site overnight to be excludable.

Example: An employee is required to work off-site for the day but not overnight; these meals would be considered taxable as wages.
 City employees shall be expected to provide their own meals and refreshments while working offsite or attending meetings, trainings, and conferences for which no overnight travel is required. One day travel meals will not be reimbursed.

CAL-Cards or Petty Cash cannot be used for meal costs.

4. LOCAL TRAINING , BUSINESS AND MEETING EXPENSES:

This section defines the circumstances under which a staff member or elected official can be reimbursed for business or meeting expenses not related to local or overnight travel, incurred on behalf of official business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used as payment for meals. Please see Section 8 (Restricted and prohibited purchases) of the Cal-Card User Handbook or refer to Financial Policies-Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

The ONLY CAL-Card exceptions are the following:
1) Meals provided on City premises to City Council and required staff during official City Council or other legislative meetings requiring officials to remain on-site throughout a meal period.
2) De Minimis (Light) snacks and refreshments for on-site trainings, meetings, or interview panels held on City premises. For example (coffee, juice, snacks) 3) Meals for employees required to perform their job duties in excess of 12 hours providing direct benefit to the City, in Emergency operations or protection of human life or property. The Finance Director and the City Manager may authorize Cal-Card payment, reimbursement or Per Diem expenses for employees in this circumstance (Federal OAS 5770.1). The City Manager, and Finance Director must approve the “Emergency Service Meal Approval Form” to incur this type of expense, along with documentation and receipts as required in this policy.
473
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 5 September 2023

4.1 SPECIAL EVENTS
The City will reimburse expenses incurred for such meetings and hospitality as determined by the City Council to be appropriate. Costs for such special occasions will be determined by specific Council action authorizing such events (ex: July 4th Parade, Business Expo., etc.) Employee Appreciation – Occasional parties, picnics, events, or meals to promote goodwill is allowable via direct payment or reimbursement, subject to available budget, Finance Director authorization, and the following criteria:
• The offer is extended to all employees/guests in the Department/ Division requesting the event.
• Authorized Payment Request form and all substantiated receipts must be submitted for reimbursement detailing date, time, location, reason for celebration, number of employees and meals provided.
• Cost must not exceed current Per Diem Rates for meal provided, per attendee. • Alcohol is not an allowable city expense and will not be reimbursed or paid for with City funds.

4.2 STAFF MEETINGS
On-Site Staff Meetings- De Minimis (light) meals and refreshments may be reimbursed for staff meetings held on City premises. For example (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks) Off-Site Staff Meetings – On Occasion (not more than 3 times/year), Department Heads may find it beneficial to schedule off-site working meals to facilitate project planning or staff meetings. In such cases, it shall be at the discretion of the Finance Director and/or City Manager to use City funds to conduct business in this manner with available department budget per the following conditions:
• Meals must not exceed current Federal Per Diem rates per person. • Meals must be provided to more than half (50%) of the Department and attended by the staff member conducting the meeting.
• Meals will NOT be reimbursed for a meeting solely between employees (must be 50% or more of departmental staff in attendance).
• Substantiated receipts and all other expenses associated with this meeting must be attached to a detailed Payment Request form signed by the Finance Director and include the following information:
1) date, time and location of the meeting
2) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
3) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
4) names of staff members present
474
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 6 September 2023

4.3 INTERAGENCY BUSINESS MEETINGS AND TRAINING
On-Site Business Meetings/ Training: The city will pay for certain costs associated with an employee or City Official to attend or host a business meeting, training, or conference held on City premises, subject to the following:
• Printed materials, general office supplies, required training materials and supplies. • De Minimis (light) snacks and refreshments (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks).

Off-Site Business/ Interagency Meeting: Public funds should only be used for business activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose. In general, the use of public funds for business meeting meals should be kept to a minimum.
“Off-Site” includes any facility, restaurant, food and beverage establishment, conference room, or location in lieu of a City owned facility.
“Interagency Meetings” are beneficial meetings used to discuss items of mutual interest between agencies, to promote cooperative efforts that not only benefit the agencies involved but the City as a whole.
• Cost of renting conference or meeting space while hosting a local meeting or training is allowable with Department Head approval and reasonable explanation as to why off-site accommodations are necessary.
• Employees may be reimbursed for “off-site” interagency business meeting meals when all the following criteria is met (Cal Card is prohibited):

1. The main purpose of the combined business and meal is directly related to the active conduct of business regarding the City of South Lake Tahoe and business is conducted throughout the meal period.

2. Reimbursement is only for the meal cost for city employees at the meeting.

The City cannot pay for meals of representatives from outside agencies, consultants, contractors, or any other attendee.

3. It is justified that it was not practical or reasonable to schedule the meeting at a time other than a mealtime.

4. Meals will only be reimbursed at the current Federal Per Diem Rate for the meal time the expense was incurred. Employee will be responsible for costs above the Per Diem Rate.

5. Itemized receipts and documentation (agenda, minutes, event brochures etc.) must be submitted with a Reimbursement Request Form signed by the Finance Director along with the following information:
475
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 7 September 2023 a) date, time, location, names of those present at the meeting b) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
c) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
• Elected City Officials attending “off-site” business meetings, or events at the expense of the City, are subject to the requirements in California Government Code Article 2.3 Section 53232.3 and must adhere to the following:

1. Members of a legislative body shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the local agency at the next regular meeting of the legislative body.

2. Members of a legislative body requesting reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties, must submit a detailed Reimbursement Request form subject to the requirements and documentation noted above.

4.4 UNALLOWABLE BUSINESS EXPENSES
• Expenses personal in nature, not related to conducting business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.
• Purchasing meals or entertainment for Vendors, Consultants, Suppliers, or Service Providers.
• Alcoholic Beverages
• Entertainment Expenses
• Meals purchased with a Cal Card is prohibited (see above for exceptions). • Unauthorized expenses or those not documented on an approved Payment Request Form.

4.5 CURRENT PER DIEM RATES
Current Per Diem rates in 2023 are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Mileage: 65.5 cents per mile
** rates subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem

5. ACCOUNTING FOR EXPENSES:

Upon return from official function, a final accounting of all expenses must be approved by your approving official and submitted to Accounts Payable within ten working days.

A detailed Reimbursement Request Form with substantiated receipts and/or mileage documentation is required in all cases. Expenses paid with a Cal Card must be detailed on the Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with itemized receipts attached. 476
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 8 September 2023 Per IRS Section 15; to be excluded from taxable wages, your Payment Request Form or Cal Card Purchase Report must include the following:
• The business purpose of the meeting, training, or conference (where applicable; attach meeting agenda, training registration, conference invitation etc.). • The date, time, and location.
• Receipts for registration, parking, and applicable meal expenses. • Mileage documentation or gas receipts.
• All other required documentation outlined in this policy. • Submit detailed Payment Request Form to Accounts Payable signed by authorized signor within 10 days of Meeting or Event when requesting reimbursement and/or; • Submit detailed Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with Cal Card Statement for allowable expenses paid with a Cal Card.

Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:
• All expenses are reasonable, necessary, and consistent with this policy. • All required itemized receipts are attached.
• The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City). • Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days. • Final accounting on appropriate form is submitted to Finance. • Missing or Lost Receipts: Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of expenses and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires all the information as noted above as well as the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If a personal credit card or debit card was used, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with the Reimbursement Request form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

Failure to provide the required documentation on the appropriate authorized forms, necessitates the payments be taxable to the employee; therefore, the city will NOT reimburse any expenses without submittal of documentation in accordance with this policy.

5.1 FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
California Government Code
53232.4 Penalties for misuse of public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of expense reporting polices may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) The loss of reimbursement privileges.
(b) Restitution to the local agency.
477
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 9 September 2023 (c) Civil penalties for misuse of public resources pursuant to Section 8314. (d) Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the Penal Code.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a detailed Reimbursement Request Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director and City Manager.

6. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when requesting reimbursement of expenses or when using a Cal Card.
• Payment Request Form
• Monthly Bank Card Purchasing Report (Cal Card)

6.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)/ CA Gov’t Code
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications. • IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
• IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses • IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017 • California Code, Government Code AB1234– Gov §53232.3, §53232.4 478
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 10 September 2023

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#
Date Prepared: Comments/Notes:

Pay To:

Due Date:

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE
TOTAL PAYMENT: $
APPROVED:

APPROVED: Budget Available:

APPROVED: Reimbursable:

Project/ Funding Source:

Project/ Funding Source:
479
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 11 September 2023 480
City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 12 September 2023 Name:

Dept / Div:

MONTHLY CALCARD PURCHASE REPORT
Card #:

Statement Date:

ATTACHMENT # DATE RECEIPT /
INVOICE #

VENDOR'S
NAME

DESCRIPTION OF

PURCHASE
ACCOUNT # TO BE

CHARGED
$ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(from
statement)

USE TAX

7.75% (if
tax was not
included by
vendor)
$ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(including Use
Tax)
√ DISPUTED
ITEM
1 $ -
2 $ -
3 $ -
4 $ -
5 $ -
6 $ -
7 $ -
8 $ -
9 $ -
10 $ -
11 $ -
12 $ -
$ - $ - $ -
Cardholder signature: Date:

Approving official signature: Date:

I certify that all purchases listed on this statement, unless noted in the "√ Disputed Item" column, are true and correct and were made for official City of South Lake Tahoe use. All goods or services have been received & payment is authorized. I.M.P.A.C. has been notified of all disputed items and a copy of the Cardholder Statement of Questioned Items is attached. *####
481
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 1

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

PROCUREMENT POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for the procurement of goods and services in accordance with City Ordinance Adopted and Approved by the City Council September 12August 9, 20232. Procedures are drafted by the Finance Dept. in coordination with the City Attorney and City Manager’s office. All City employees responsible for the procurement of goods and services while conducting City business are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Quick Guide to Purchasing
Dollar
limit
For Materials, Supplies, Equipment & Services Forms
Required
Approval
Authority
$0
$9,999
Discretionary purchases: no competitive bid required. Purchase using Cal Card, or vendor invoice- signed, with account number.

ALL services performed by an outside vendor at a City-owned property require a Purchase Order or PSA.

Signed
invoice or email approval
with acct.
number
PO for service
Supervisor/
Designated
Purchaser
$10,000 –
$29,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, cooperative contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Purchase using approved vendor invoice, or PO with budgeted account number.
*ALL services performed by an outside vendor require a
Purchase Order or Professional Services Agreement.
3-Quotes or
Sole Source
form, Co-op
contract#, PO,
or invoice
w/ acct#
Department
Head
$30,000 –
$59,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, co-op contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Provide budgeted account number and proper signing authority.
*ALL services and purchases of goods at this threshold require a PO and/or written contract approved by Dept. Head & City Manager.

All above +
PO, PSA/ or
Purchase
Agreement
Department
Head and
City Manager
$60,000 + Requires Formal Bid process with City Council approval. All services and purchases of goods require a written contract approved by the City Attorney’s office as well as City Council approval.

All above +
- RFP or BID
-Staff report
City Council
Awardinvoices signed
by DH, CM
NOTE: ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, re-painting and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II). Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any of these activities.

Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
482
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
This policy is organized into the following Five sections: Page

1. General Standards……………………………………………...……………………. 4

1.1. Code of Ethics………………….……………………………………….………… 4

1.2. Conflict of Interest ………………………………………………………………. 5

1.3. Public Projects (CUPCCAA) …………………………………………………….. 5-6

1.4. On-Site Services……………………………………………………………….…...67

1.5. Splitting Purchases ……………………………………………………………….. 67

1.6. Sole Source Purchasing ………………………………………………………..…. 6-7

1.7. Environmentally Preferable Products………………………………………………87

1.8. SB 1383 Recovered Organic Waste Products ……………………………………..87

1.9. Cooperative Purchasing…………………………………………………………… 8-9

1.10. Business License Requirement……………………………………………………98

1.11. Budget Appropriation……………………………………………………………. 8-9

1.12. Disposition of Surplus…………………………………………………………… 109

2. Discretionary Purchases (less than $10,000)…………………………………..….… 10- 1419

2.1. Signature Authority………………………………………………………………...9-10

2.2. Purchases utilizing Federal Funds/Other Revenue ……………………………….. 110

2.3. Discretionary Process…………………………………………………..…………..110

3. Informal Solicitations ($10,000 - $59,999).…………………………..………..…… . 11-120

3.1. Signature Authority……………………………………………………………….. 110

3.2. Equipment and Capital Expenditures …………….…………………….………….11-12

3.3. Informal Bid and Proposal Process ………………………………………….…….12-13

3.4. Purchase Orders…………………………..……………………………,,……….…143

3.5. Purchase Agreement………………………..……………..………………..………143

3.6. Professional Service Agreement……………………………………………………143

4. Formal Solicitations ($60,000 and above) …………………………………….…...…14-153

4.1. Signature Authority.…………………………………………………………..….…154

4.2. Formal Bidding Process…………………………………………………….………154
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
483
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 3 Public Projects……………………………………………………………….….…..154
Request for Proposals (services or consultants)……………………………………154 Requests for Qualifications (pre-qualification for consultants) …………..……….154 Invitation to Bid (goods, materials, equipment) …………………………………...14-15

4.3. Local Business Preference…………………………………………………………165

4.4. Bidders Security……………………………………………………………………165

4.5. Bid and RFP/RFQ Evaluations ……………………………………………………15-16- 17 Rejections/ Tie Bids …………………………………………………..…………...17
Less than three Bids/ No Bids Received…………………………………..………..187 Waiver of Irregularities and Rejection of Bids……………………………………….18

4.6. City Council Staff Recommendations……………………………………………...18-197 Staff Report/ Resolution ………………………………………………………….. 197-18

4.7. Bid Protests……………………………………………………………………...….198

4.8. Maintaining Documentation………………………………………………………..2019

5. Forms and Boiler Plates
Exhibit A- Payment Request Form…..…………………………………………… 220 Exhibit B - Sole Source Justification ..…………………………………………….242 Exhibit C – Request for Quotes ……………………………………………………264
Exhibit D – Contract/Agreement Routing Form…………………………………...286 Exhibit E – Bid Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet……………………………….. 302338- 31 Exhibit F – Standard RFP/RFQ required template …………………………….....343-420 Exhibit G – Standard PSA (Professional Services Agreement) ………………….. 443- 6058
Exhibit H – Standard Invitation to Bid………………………………………..….. 610- 7067
Exhibit I – Standard Purchasing Agreement (Contract for Goods)…………….… 7169- 8078
Formatted: Justified
484
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 4 Exhibit J – Bid Rejection Letter……………………………………………………8280 Exhibit K – Bid Acceptance Letter ………………………………………………..842 Exhibit L – Instructions to create a PO ……………………………………….…...854-943

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The City's Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) and Procurement Policy are in place as guideline to ensure materials and services are purchased in a legal and cost-effective manner.

The purchasing functions are decentralized, with each Department/Division responsible for procuring their own goods, services, and contracts, and maintaining compliance with City policies and procedures. Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, approving, and procuring goods, services, and contracts on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and City resources.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Purchasing Ordinance and Procurement Policy and approving significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to City procurement are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250- 6270).

1.1 CODE OF ETHICS
Public employees and officials shall act in good faith to perform their duties ensuring fair and equitable treatment of all persons dealing with government procurement; to foster public confidence in the integrity of the procurement process; and to ensure the appropriate application of purchasing ethics. When engaging in procurement, any person employed by the City of South Lake Tahoe, or vendors and third parties doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe, shall be bound by this code of ethics, including but not limited to the following:

1. Avoid the intent and appearance of unethical behavior or fraudulent practices;

2. Diligently follow the procurement laws, rules, and procedures;

3. Refrain from any activity that would create a conflict between personal interests and the interests of the City;

4. Identify and eliminate any conflicts of interest;
485
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 5

5. Avoid soliciting or accepting money, loans, credits, discounts, favors, gifts, or services from present or potential suppliers which may influence or appear to influence purchasing decisions;

6. Ensure that all persons are afforded equal opportunity to compete in a fair and open environment, and;

7. Encourage any person, including any actual or prospective bidder, offeror, contractor, or business to act in good faith to practice purchasing ethics, and display business integrity as a responsible offeror.

1.2 Conflict of Interest
Any officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City is displaying a “conflict of interest”.

No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct, or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the procurement process or influence the bidding and purchasing of goods, services, or public projects. Officials and employees of the City shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
 Using his or her official position for private gain
 Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization  Losing complete independence or impartiality
 Making an official decision outside official channels  Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the procurement process  Or any other Conflict of Interest, real or perceived
The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny approval, purchase, payment, or reimbursement of expenses that are considered fraudulent, lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

1.3 PUBLIC PROJECTS
ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, repainting, and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (CUPCCAA) (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II) Prequalification: The City may require each prospective bidder for a contract to submit a standardized questionnaire and financial statement in the form specified by the director of public works. The City may establish a process for prequalifying prospective bidders on a quarterly basis, and a prequalification pursuant to this process shall be valid for one calendar year following the date of initial prequalification. The director of public works is authorized to establish such a quarterly prequalification process. Refer to City Code for bidder appeal process. (City Code SLTCC § 3.45.105)
Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
486
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 6 Director of public works authority for Public Projects: Public project contracts of $60,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee by force account, negotiated contract, or purchase order. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California. This includes contract change orders up to this amount. Vendors chosen in this manner, must be on the prequalification list.

Informal bidding for Public Projects: Monetary Limit. Public contracts of $200,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee as well as let to contract by informal procedures as set forth in this section. Contract change orders up to this amount may be approved by the director of public works, so long as the combined amounts are within the approved project budget. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California.

1. Contractors List: The city shall maintain a contractors list and contractors shall be selected to perform public projects in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 22034.

2. Notice Inviting Informal Bids: Not less than 10 calendar days before bids are due, the city will mail notices inviting informal bids to all contractors on the contractors list and/or all trade journals specified in Public Contract Code Section 22034(b).

Formal Competitive Bidding: Public projects of greater than $200,000 shall be bid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 22037 et seq. (Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh.

A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-22)
Lowest Responsible Bidder: Contracts for public projects shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. If two or more bids are the same and the lowest, the city may accept the one it chooses. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the following factors may be considered in addition to price:

1. The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service required;

1. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, efficiency and performance demonstrated in previous contracts or services for the city;

2. The sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services;

3. The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance for service for the public project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-25)
Design-Build Contracts: The purpose of this section is to authorize and provide guidelines for the award and use of “design-build contracts,” which means a public project procurement method in which both the design and construction of the project are procured from a single entity, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. This section shall be effective until January 1, 2025, unless the authorizing statute is extended, in which case this section shall be effective so long as Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. is in effect.

Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: p1, Justified, No bullets or numbering, Adjust space between Latin and Asian text, Adjust space between Asian text and numbers, Font Alignment: Baseline, Pattern:

Clear (White), Tab stops: Not at 0.5"
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font color: Auto, Pattern: Clear
Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic
Formatted: Font: Italic
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
487
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 7

1. Design-build procurement may be used for public projects in excess of $1,000,000 consisting of the construction of a building or buildings and improvements directly related thereto and park and recreational facilities, and may not be used for construction of other infrastructure including, but not limited to, streets and highways;

2. Any architectural firm, engineering firm, specialty consultant, or individual retained by the city to assist in the development of plans, designs, performance standards, or the request for proposals shall not be eligible to submit a proposal as a design-build entity or join a design-build team.

3. Refer to City Code SLTCC § 3.45.165 Design-build contracts for additional guidelines when utilizing this method for procurement.

Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any activity considered to be a Public Project per definition above.

1.4 ON-SITE SERVICES
On-Site Service: any repair service, maintenance, professional service, or service of any kind conducted on the property of any city-owned facility or property is subject to the following:

1. Regardless of dollar amount, a Purchase Order (PO), Professional Service Agreement (PSA), or Written Contract must be used for ALL On-Site Services.

2. Cal-Cards are prohibited as a payment for On-Site Services.

1.5 SPLITTING PURCHASES
Splitting Purchases Prohibited: Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.050, it is unlawful to split or separate any public project into smaller work orders or projects for the purpose of circumventing or evading these requirements.

Bifurcation of Purchases: No acquisition of materials, supplies, equipment or services from a single vendor, provider, or contractor shall be accomplished by the issuance of several purchase orders or contracts for portions thereof.

1.6 SOLE SOURCE PURCHASING
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.060; where an acquisition would otherwise be subject to competitive bidding, the procurement of materials, supplies, equipment, or services from a Sole Source may be permitted only when submitting an approved Sole Source Justification Form (Exhibit B) and one of the following conditions exists:

1. Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.

2. Emergency Purchase: Non-public projects requiring publicrequiring public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt, Font color: Auto, Pattern: Clear
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Font color: Auto, Pattern: Clear
Formatted: Justified, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at:

0.25" + Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Font color: Auto, Pattern: Clear
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: List Paragraph, Justified
488
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 8 solicitation, per SLTCC § 3.45.070. Whereas the procedures set forth in this policy would result in hazardous delays, loss to the City, or damage to life, health, safety of citizens, the City Manager may approve the non-competitive purchase of materials, supplies, equipment, or services. For Public Projects, refer City Code § 3.45.180, and Public Contract Code Section 22050.

3. Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function.

4. Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form)

5. Standardization:  The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc. (When using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes).

1.7 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.080; the city desires to purchase environmentally preferable products that minimize environmental impacts, reduce waste by increasing product efficiency, contain recycled content, and contain U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Energy Star-certified materials whenever economically feasible.

1.8 SB 1383 RECOVERED ORGANIC WASTE PRODUCTS
Beginning January 1, 2022, SB 1383 requires cities and counties to procure annually a quantity of recovered organic waste products. These procurement requirements will strengthen California’s green, self-sustaining economy. Recovered organic waste products can benefit local communities and spaces, improve soil and air quality, and support local environmental initiatives, such as the City’s Climate Action Plan.

CalRecycle will assign an annual procurement target to each jurisdiction based on its population.

Jurisdictions can fulfill their target by procuring any combination of the following recovered organic waste products where applicable:
 Compost
 Mulch
 Renewable Energy (Transportation Fuel, Heat, and Electricity) The City’s Sustainability Coordinator will be responsible for collecting and maintaining the documents needed to support and demonstrate compliance with the SB 1383 regulatory target for recovered organic waste product procurement and the SB 1383 recycled-content paper regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to SB1383 and SLTCC §3.45.080, Departments should use best efforts in procuring and using “recycled organic products” to help the city meet its procurement target by:
489
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 9

1. Coordinating with the Sustainability Coordinator to identify applicable products.

2. Recognize areas in your department that could utilize these products.

3. Provide invoice copies to Sustainability Coordinator for tracking and reporting.

1.9 COOPERATIVE PURCHASING
Where another governmental agency performs a solicitation and/or bid process for the City and/or multiple agencies or jurisdictions, and where the purchase of materials, supplies and equipment is based upon an agreement or cooperative purchasing program pursuant to authority granted by statue or ordinance, pursuant to contractual arrangement between the city and said governmental agency, or pursuant to a determination by the City Manager that the governmental agency conducted a competitive bidding process, the City may purchase materials, supplies, and complying with the bidding requirements of this policy (ex: CMAS, NASPO, GMAS, SOURCEWELL) (SLTCC § 3.45.090). Cooperative Purchasing is not applicable to Public Projects.

1.8 BUSINESS LICENSE REQUIREMENT
The City shall not render payment to any vendor, contractor, or professional service provider where such vendor or provider does not possess a valid South Lake Tahoe business and professions tax certificate (SLTCC § 3.45.095). Contact the Revenue Dept. to inquire about a valid business license (ext. 6012 or ext. 6013).

1. It is the Departments responsibility to ensure the vendor, contractor, service provider, consultant, has a required Business License and appropriate requisite insurance (where applicable).

2. The license and insurance requisites must be obtained prior to purchase or work commencing.

1.9 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.
490
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 10

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP. Do not proceed with the purchase or contract until City Council or the City Manager has appropriated budget in accordance with the following delegation of authority:

Transferring/ Adding Budget Authorization
Transfers between budgeted line items
within the same account number:

Department Head- via email to the
Administrative Services Director
Transfers between account numbers within
the same fund:

City Manager- via email from Dept.

Head. CM will authorize adjustment via
email to Admin. Services Director.

Transfers between funds: (including
transfers from undesignated reserves)
City Council- via staff report and
resolution with explanation for transfer
Adding new Budget (grants, new revenue,
unforeseen expenses etc..)
City Council – via staff report and
resolution with explanation and request to
appropriate funding.

1.10 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS
Surplus property: Goods, materials, vehicles, equipment etc. retained by a government, but not currently being utilized. These items may be out of date, useless, or no longer working.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department; officially declared to the City Council for approval; eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and; sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price. Alternatively, the City Council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions at City Council discretion.

In the event any single item of property’s original value is less than $10,000, the Finance Director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company.

Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

2. DISCRETIONARY PURCHASES: $0 - $9,999.00
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
491
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 11 Items and services less than $10,000 can be purchased directly by a City department without a competitive bid process, this threshold must include tax, shipping, and handling. Purchasers should use best efforts and judgment to provide greatest value to the city.

2.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
Discretionary Purchases require the approval signature of the Department Supervisor or the designated “Purchaser” for the department. Accounts Payable requires a valid invoice, appropriated account number, printed name, department, and authorized signature to complete a payment. An e-mail approval to pay invoice with account number is acceptable.

2.2 FEDERAL/OTHER REVENUE FUNDS
Purchases utilizing Federal Funds, Grant Funds or other Revenue Sources as the funding source require procurement compliance with this policy as well as the procurement standards set forth in the contract funding the purchase. Specifically, for Federal grant funding, Federal pass-through funding, or any other Federal revenue source, follow General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2: Grants and Agreements section §200.318 through §200.326 (Micro purchase threshold §200.67). In determining purchasing bid thresholds while maintaining compliance with multiple policies; utilize the most stringent requirements to ensure meeting all standards and regulations.

2.3 DISCRETIONARY PROCESS
Following are preferred purchasing methods for purchases less than $10,000:

1. Cal-Card procurement card: purchase of non-service goods at this level. (refer to Cal Card Policy for further guidelines)

2. Direct vendor invoice: include account number, “ok to pay”, printed name, department and authorized signature on the invoice or attach Payment Request Form (Exhibit A) to the invoice.

3. Purchase Orders: when required by the Vendor, or for on-site service, refer to instructions in Exhibit L.

3. INFORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $10,000 - $59,999
Purchases and services between $10,000 and $59,999 are subject to informal bidding and proposal processes. In calculating the total amount; include tax, shipping, and handling as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease.

3.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
$10,000 - $29,999: The Department Head may approve contracts and expenditures up to $29,999.99 and must sign all corresponding invoices, POs, and/or Requests for Payment, or provide authorized e-mail approval to Accounts Payable. 492
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 12 $30,000 - $59,999: Upon approval by Dept. Head, the City Manager must also approve and sign all Contracts, Purchasing Agreements, and/or POs between $30,000 and $59,999, as well as approve all invoices in this threshold. Authorized e-mail by DH and CM for approval is accepted for invoices.

3.2 EQUIPMENT AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital Expenditure: funds used to acquire or upgrade the City’s fixed assets, such as property, plant, equipment, facilities, and infrastructure.

Capital (fixed) Asset: any asset used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years and generally has value over a longer period (ex. computer equipment, machinery, vehicles etc.).

1. When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.

2. Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
 The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
 Any asset less than the capitalization threshold as recommended by the Finance Director or requested by a department to be controlled to satisfy an internal or external requirement.
 Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Capital Expenditures utilizing Federal Funds: must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Federal capital expenditures are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or passthrough entity.

2. Notify A/P through e-mail or notation on invoice when purchasing equipment with Federal Funds costing $5,000 or more. A/P will provide an inventory tag to track the item as noted below.

3. Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the Federal Award Identification Number), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the 493
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 13 property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.

4. A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.

3.3 INFORMAL BID AND PROPOSAL PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head or his/her Designee.

1. Obtain Contact at least three quotes from vendors, individuals, companies and/or business entities, documenting in writing each quote received (optional to use Request for Quotes Form (Exhibit C)), or provide copies of written proposals/quotes received.

2. Optional - to reach a broad spectrum of qualified vendors, Planet Bids may be used to circulate a Request For Proposal (RFP), Request For Qualification (RFQ), or Invitation to Bid (BID).

3. If after due diligence, Where three quotes cannot be obtained, complete a Sole Source Request Form approved by the Department Head , City Manager, City Attorney and Finance Director (Exhibit B). One of the requirements in this form must be met to utilize a Sole Source procurement option.

4. Department selects lowest responsible quote (i.e., Department selects quote which is responsive to the needs of the department and is the lowest in price).

5. For Professional Services, the department selects the vendor whose qualifications meet the highest evaluation ranking as the most responsible bidder.

6. $10,000 - $29,999: Professional Service Agreement (PSA), Purchase Order (PO), or direct invoice may be used, signed by Dept. Head.

7. $30,000 - $59,999: Purchase Agreement (PA), PSA, or PO must be used; reviewed by Finance and City Attorney, signed by City Manager

8. Department Head or designee (DH) prepares the contract using the appropriate template (see Exhibits F through I); negotiates and agrees upon terms, scope, and cost with chosen vendor/supplier and electronically :
 submits document along with Contract Routing Form (Exhibit D) to the City Clerk’s Department with the email address of the authorized Vendor/Supplier signatory. The City Clerk’s Department will then route the contract in Adobe sign in the following manner:
 Department Head for approval, Finance Director for budget review, who then forwards document to the City Attorney’s Office for review and/or approval  City Attorney sends document to City Manager for approval, Formatted: Justified, Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.75" + Indent at: 1"
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified, Indent: Left: 1", No bullets or
numbering
494
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 14  City Manager sends document to City Clerk to attest (where applicable) and for records retention, then onto the Vendor/Supplier for their signature (do not obtain any signatures in advance of Contract being routed). City Clerk sends executed copy back to the Department and mails/emails copy to the vendor (where applicable).

9.8.Department sends the following documents to Accounts Payable for payment:
 Signed invoice and/or PO, Request for Payment with Contract/Agreement  Business License #
 Original Quotes
 Approved Sole source Request Form (if used)
 Proof of Insurance (when required)
 Gov’t. cooperative contract information (if used)

3.4 PURCHASE ORDERS
Purchase Orders must be used when requesting an on-site service of any kind on City property.

This protects the City while outside vendors are doing business on/in City-owned property.

Purchase Orders can be used when:

1. A vendor does not accept Cal-Cards for discretionary purchases

2. A vendor will not invoice the City without a PO

3. For any type of purchase up to $59,999

4. Clearly note the PO# on the approved invoice and send to Accounts Payable

5. Refer to Exhibit L for instructions in creating a PO

3.5 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Purchase Agreements (PA) can be used as written contracts when purchasing goods, materials, equipment, and/or products. This type of agreement can NOT be used when procuring consultants for professional services or on-site service on City property. Purchase Agreements can be used when:

1. Purchases over $30,000 or when a written contract is necessary for such goods, materials, products, etc.

2. A vendor requires a written contract other than a PO

3. Submit copy of agreement with approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

4. Refer to Exhibit I for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PA) Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
495
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 15

3.6 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
A Professional Service Agreement (PSA) is a legal contract which is drafted to provide service on a professional level to the City. These services are typically unique in nature, highly technical or require specific qualifications. PSA’s can be used when:

1. A professional consultant is necessary to perform a specific set of tasks

2. Should generally be in effect for a specific period, noted in the agreement

3. Should include a “not to exceed” dollar limit

4. Submit a copy of PSA with first approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

5. Refer to Exhibit G for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PSA)

4. FORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $60,000.00 and ABOVE
Purchases and services over $60,000 are subject to formal competitive bidding. Total cost should include tax, shipping, and handling; as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease. The process for obtaining goods and services over this dollar limit is set forth below.

4.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
All purchases of goods and services over $60,000 must have City Council approval and must be signed by the Mayor or have Mayor’s authorization for City Manager as designee for signature.

4.2 FORMAL BIDDING PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head (DH) or his/her Designee.

This may include any employee who is the designated purchaser of a good or service or is the project manager for a project.

1. Public Projects (i.e., CIP, Public Works) follow Public Contracts and Uniform Public Construction Cost Account Act (CUPCCA) per City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II.

2. Verify funding availability. Identify available funding in your current department budget.

If there is no funding identified, prepare to request budget transfer or appropriate new funding source through City Council action. (see section 1.9)

3. Depending on the type of service and/or good sought, DH prepares and circulates a Request for Proposals (RFP), or Invitation to Bid (BID) utilizing Planetbid.com or circulated via similar means.

4. Request for Proposals (RFP): used for soliciting professional services, consultants, lease contracts, complex non-public projects.
 RFPs are subject to three proposals but are not subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures
 Must use mandatory RFP template (Exhibit F)
496
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 16  DH selects Proposal Evaluation Committee and drafts Evaluation Scorecard.

Committee reviews Proposals and scores per criteria detailed in RFP.

5. Request for Qualification (RFQ): used as the pre-qualification stage of the procurement process. Only those proponents who successfully respond to the RFQ and meet the qualification criteria will be included in the subsequent RFP solicitation process.  Used when there is potential for significant interest in a contract opportunity. This can make the process more efficient as the field can be narrowed down prior to the RFP process.
 Can be used to create a pre-qualified list for a future opportunity  Can be used as the sole selection process for straightforward projects/services that require a specialized skill set or where the task is very specific and contract negotiations can proceed with the most qualified vendor.

6. Invitations to Bid (BID): used when the City is seeking a specific good, material, equipment, tangible object.
 BIDs are subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures  Must use mandatory BID template (Exhibit H)
 DH selects BID Evaluation Committee and drafts BID Evaluation Scorecard per details outlined in the BID.
 DH opens bids at the date, time, and location specified in the invitation. The public may attend. Bids shall be open for public inspection at the office of the DH during regular business hours for a period of 30 days after the bid opening.  Clarifications or changes to a BID must be transmitted to all participating bidders by an “Addendum”. A solicitation may be modified prior to BID response due date.

4.3 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE
The City shall apply a five percent (5%) discount to all Local Businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for non-public projects. The City shall evaluate the Local Businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of 5% lower than the cost submitted (SLTCC § 3.45.020(F)). Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principal place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. (SLTCC § 3.45.095)

4.4 BIDDER’S SECURITY
When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFPs, and RFQs. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within ten days after receipt of contract (SLTCC § 3.45.020). 497
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 17

4.5 BID AND RFP/RFQ EVALUATIONS
BID or RFP Evaluation committee means the body appointed by the DH to review and evaluate proposals submitted in response to the Request for Proposal or Invitation to Bid. The functions of the Committee are as follows:

1. Determine and apply evaluation criteria per Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet

2. Evaluate proposals individually and/or discuss as a committee

3. Rank based on highest score to lowest and/or develop a shortlist

4. Interview/ obtain clarifications

5. Recommend Award
Evaluation Committee shall be comprised of at least three (3) individuals, including:
 At least one employee from the same department as the Department Head  An employee with knowledge of the subject matter of the service or good, or end user of the service or good
 An employee of the Finance Department
 May also include outside individuals who bring expertise to the process - Evaluation Committee should meet prior to evaluation to review RFP or BID criteria to ensure knowledge of the proposal and to vet questions, concerns, or issues. All members of the committee should have clear understanding of the requirements and the Evaluation Forms prior to review of RFP/BID.

Evaluation Form- Bids and Proposals shall be evaluated based on an Evaluation Form which sets forth the total possible points for each category reviewed (see mandatory template Exhibit E)  Evaluators shall each complete their evaluation forms in confidence, however evaluators can discuss requirements of the RFP or BID in relation to the Evaluation Forms.
 Evaluators shall give a point score and Comments for each evaluation category.  Evaluators may ask questions or request clarification from the Department but should not disclose scores until all reviews are complete and total points tallied.  The Committee may meet to discuss criteria and results.  The Committee may request vendor interviews, depending on the outcome or type of solicitation.
 The Evaluation Committee provides the Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet to the Department Head for final determination.

Rejection, Tie Bids, and Rejection of All Bids: A bid or proposal may be rejected by the Evaluation Committee where it is found that the bid or proposal is “non-responsive.” Where 498
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 18 Evaluation Committee chooses to reject one or all bids, Committee shall confer with the City Attorney on the rejection.

1. Any of the following conditions may render a Bid “non-responsive”  The bid or proposal does not strictly conform to the required specifications as set forth in the RFP or Invitation to Bid (the City may waive immaterial, minor irregularities in bids).
 The bidder or proposer has demonstrated that they are unable to satisfactorily meet the responsibilities required of the contract.
 The bidder’s or proposer’s products or services have been demonstrated, through documented past performance in the industry or through prior use by the City, to be incapable of satisfactorily meeting the accepted demands required of the product or service.

2. Tie Bid- If two or more bids are for the same total amount or unit price and if the responsibility and final score (from the Evaluation Scorecards) are equal, the Department Head or City Council may award to whichever bidder or proposer it so chooses.

Less Than Three BID Responses: Solicitations advertised on the city’s Planet Bids portal is considered “competitive solicitation”, therefore:

1. If at least two responsible bidders respond, the evaluation may proceed as noted in Evaluation section above.

2. If the result is only one bid response, and the sole bid is responsive (meets all specifications and requirements), the contract may be awarded subject to the award threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Documentation of the effort and result of the BID should be noted with the procurement documents.

No Responsive BIDS Received from Responsible Bidders: When competition results in no responsive bids from responsible bidders, the DH has two options:

1. The Solicitation may be cancelled and re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements. Shorter response time can be used if a timeline is a concern.

2. If, in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome, the DH may cancel the solicitation and proceed with Sole Source documentation, subject to approval by City Council. DH may reach out to bidders using the same specifications as original solicitation. The chosen bidder must be deemed responsible and compliant/responsive to the original specifications.

2. Waiver of irregularities and rejection of bids: At its discretion, the city may waive any irregularity in any bid received and award the contract, may reject all bids presented and may Formatted: Normal, Justified, Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering
Formatted: Font: Not Bold, Not Italic
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
499
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 19 readvertise the project, or the city may abandon the project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-24)

4.6 CITY COUNCIL STAFF RECOMMENDATIONS
Staff Recommendations for Formal bids and proposals shall be drafted and presented by the Department Head or his/her designee to City Council. Prior to writing the staff report the DH should:

1. Contact losing bidders and informs them that City has selected another bidder (see template Exhibit F)

2. Contacts winning bidder and negotiates terms of contract along with assistance of City Attorney. (see template Exhibit G)

3. Ensures the winning bidder has obtained a City Business License and has the requisite insurance. The License must be obtained before any work commences.

4. Places staff recommendation for award of contract on next available City Council Agenda.

Staff Report and/or Resolution must include the following elements:

1. A description and background of the project/product for which the RFP or Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of how the bids were circulated and brief description of the bids or proposals received.

3. If using a Cooperative Agreement- provide the name of the Gov’t. Contract, contract number, and attach a copy of the contract.

4. A description of the reasons the winning bidder/proposer was selected.

5. The Financial Implication section should include the complete account number and appropriate budget to fund the product, service, or project.

6. The recommended bidder or proposer’s original submission shall be attached.

7. The Professional Service Agreement or Purchase Agreement with negotiated terms approved by the City Attorney should be attached.

4.7 BID PROTESTS
A non-selected bidder may protest the award of an Invitation to Bid. A non-selected proposer may not protest the award of a Request For Proposal or Request for Qualifications.

Bid Protest Procedures: Per SLTCC § 3.45.020(E), a written Bid Protest must be received by the City Clerk no later than seven (7) calendar days after the City’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than ten calendar days from the date that the City issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible.

Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt
Formatted: Justified
500
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 20 Contents of Bid Protest: The Bid Protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights.

Bid Protests Presented to Council: Where award of the contract is to be made by the City Council, the City Clerk shall place a discussion of the Bid Protest on the next regularly scheduled Council Meeting Agenda and the City Council shall determine whether, based on the Protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next responsible bidder. Staff Recommendations addressing a Bid Protest shall contain the following elements:

1. A description of the project for which the Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of the bids received.

3. A description of the reasons the winning bidder was selected.

4. A description of the reasons the bid is being protested.

5. The winning bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

6. The protesting bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

7. All Bid Evaluation Scorecards shall be attached.

8. The Bid Protest shall be attached.

4.8 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
Procurement must be clearly documented throughout each step of the process and documents maintained and filed for audit purposes. The City’s annual audit process includes conducting procurement reviews to determine procedures are correctly implemented.

The following documentation should be maintained by the Department for a period of 3 years from the date of submission of the final expenditure per Resolution No. 2018-102 City Records Management and Retention Policy and Code of Federal Regulations CFR Chapter II 200 §200.33:

1. All communication documentation with vendors, purveyors, suppliers, etc.

2. Documents related to preparation of the procurement documents; dialogue, or negotiation

3. Original RFP or Invitation to Bid

4. All Bids/Proposals received

5. All Evaluation Scorecards, notes, documentation

6. Copies of Staff Recommendation, staff report, resolution

7. Copies of Contract/Agreement

8. Proof of Insurance (if applicable)

9. Labor Compliance Documentation (if applicable)

10. Sole Source forms (if applicable)
501
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 21

11. Cooperative Govt. Contract documents (if applicable) The following documentation should be sent to the Finance Department (Accounts Payable) along with the first payable invoice:

1. Signed invoice and/or Request for Payment, or PO

2. Quotation Forms noting bid process and outcome or;

2.3.Copies of 3 bids, proposals, or quotes

3.4.Budgeted/approved account number

4.5.Copy of Executed Contract/ Agreement

5.6.Copy of approved Council Resolution (if applicable)

6.7.Sole Source Justification Form (if applicable)

7.8.Cooperative Gov’t Contract (if applicable)
Formatted: Justified
Formatted: Justified
502
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 22

EXHIBIT A

PAYMENT REQUEST
FORM
503
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 23

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#______________
Date Prepared: ____________ Comments/Notes: ________
___________________________
Pay To: _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
Due Date: _______________

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $________________

APPROVED: ____________________________
APPROVED: ____________________________ Budget Available: ________ APPROVED: ____________________________ Reimbursable: ____________ Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
504
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 24

EXHIBIT B

SOLE SOURCE

JUSTIFICATION

REQUEST FORM
505
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 25

SOLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION REQUEST
SOLE SOURCE VENDOR: ______________________________________________________ ADDRESS: ______________________________________PHONE NO.__________________ ITEM TO BE PURCHASED: ________________________ COST: $_____________________

1. Check reasons for sole source request:
_____ Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.
______ Emergency Purchase: The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per City Code SLTCC § 3.45.070 _____ Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function. ______ Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form) _____ Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc.

Explain: ________________________________________________________________ Note: when using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes.

2. Describe the product or service and how it is unique or one-of-a-kind: _________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

3. Explain why the product/service is available from only one source and what avenues you pursued to confirm that this is factual. _______________________________________________

5. Can your requirements be modified to allow competitive products or services be used? Explain:______________________________________________________________________ REQUESTOR NAME/ DEPARTMENT: __________________________________________ DEPARTMENT HEAD SIGNATURE: ____________________ DATE: _______________ FINANACE DEPT. _____________________________________ DATE: ________________ CITY ATTORNEY SIGNATURE: ________________________ DATE:________________ CITY MANAGER SIGNATURE: _________________________ DATE: _______________ * Requests over $60,000 requires City Council’s approval 506
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 26 .

EXHIBIT C

REQUEST FOR QUOTES
FORM
507
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 27

REQUEST FOR QUOTES

QUOTATION INFORMATION
(To be completed by Designated Purchaser for each quote received) □ Description of Request for Quotes (describe goods or services sought, including quantity, model number, color, size, delivery date requirements, freight charges, or any other charges: ______ ______________________________________________________________________________ □ Date Quote Received: _____________________________________________________________ □ Project Manager Name (name of person receiving quote): ________________________________ □ Company Name (name of company/vendor providing quote): ____________________________ □ Quoted By (name of company/vendor representative providing quote): __________________ □ Quote Amount: $____________________________________________________________ □ Promised Delivery Date: ______________________________________________________ □ Eligible for Local Bidder Preference? (Y/N). If Yes, indicate quote amount, taking into consideration the 5% local bidder’s discount): __________________________________________ □ Warranty (describe warranty quoted by vendor): ____________________________________ □ Additional Information (provide additional information including differentiation between good/service requested by City; good/service quoted by company/vendor; and provide any additional pertinent information relevant to the bid: _____________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 508
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 28

EXHIBIT D
Contract/Agreement
Routing Form
Template
509
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 29 510
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 30

EXHIBIT E

BID EVALUATION

FORMS/ SCORESHEET

TEMPLATE
511
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 31

EVALUATION FORMS

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS/ INVITATION TO BID

INSERT RFP/BID TITLE AND NUMBER HERE
Evaluators must give a numeric score for each of the five categories described below. The numeric score may be as low as zero and may not be greater than the maximum score set forth in the point range for each category. Evaluators should explain the reasoning for their allocation of points in the “Comments” section of each category. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Use one form for each Vendor/Proposer and each Evaluator.

Vendor / Proposer: ____________________________________________________________________ Evaluator Name: ______________________________________________________________________ I. RESPONSIVENESS OF PROPOSAL/ BID (P/F)
The Pass or Fail shall be based upon the vendor’s compliance with the requirements for proposals/bids as set forth in the RFP/ Invitation to Bid, including quality, clarity, and conformance with instructions therein, and shall take into consideration the quality of the Cover Letter and Introduction.

Pass/Fail___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ II. COVER LETTER (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal. 512
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 32 Total Points_____________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ III. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY (0 – 10 points)
Scoring shall be based upon the vendor’s ability to describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the RFP. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ IV. COMPANY HISTORY, BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake debt collection for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ V. SCOPE OF WORK/IMPLEMENTATION (0 – 35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the collection methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx).

Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description of 513
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 33 implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. PROJECT BUDGET (0 – 25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal.

The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ VII. RECENT PROJECTS/REFERENCES (0 – 5 points)
Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ TOTAL COMBINED POINTS: __________________
(Add total points from Sections I, II, III, IV, and V)
RANKING (from scoresheet): _______________
514
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 34

EVALUATION SCORE SHEET
.
515
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 35

EXHIBIT F

STANDARD RFP/RFQ

TEMPLATE
516
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 36

REQUEST FOR

PROPOSALS/QUALIFICATIONS
TITLE

PICTURE
RFP/RFQ # date of award yyyy-mm-dd
517
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 37

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting proposals( or statement of qualifications (SOQ) for an RFQ) from…brief summary of who/what we are looking for Proposals are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (City address xxx, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Proposals received after the deadline will not be accepted. Proposals and required copies must be submitted by U.S. mail or personal delivery to the address below, Electronic-mailed (e-mail), and/or on-line portal planet bids. xxxxxx submission will not be accepted. (Choose preferred method) City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Read this RFP document carefully as the award will be given to the most “responsible and responsive” Proposer responding to this RFP. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposals.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this RFP is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the RFP is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this RFP.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of RFP
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Meeting Write N/A or Delete Row
Deadline for Question Submittal via Planet
Bids
RFP submittals DUE
Selection Committee Review Period/Interviews
Award Date
518
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 38

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Proposers must complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a proposal. Proposers will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Request for Proposal (RFP). Proposers must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda To register, go to: https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Proposer. Following submission, Proposer will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Proposers are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Number of Copies
The Proposer must submit in a sealed package(s) one (1)” Original”, and five (5) complete copy sets of the “Original” response. Proposals shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City. Proposals not received by the date and time specified in this RFP, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the Proposer to pick up following a review and selection of the firm(s).

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this RFP is due on or before MM/DD/YYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. xxxxxx submission will not be accepted. Submit Proposals to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
519
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 39

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted proposals. Proposer(s) will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the project scope outlined in this RFP.

The written proposal should clearly demonstrate how the Proposer could best satisfy the requirements of the City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page XX of this RFP to rate and rank each proposal.

If more information is needed following a review of the Proposals, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the Proposers to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, (if needed) a recommendation by the Selection Committee to the City Manager/City Council will be made at that time and awarded in accordance with the City of South Lake Tahoe Procurement Policies & Procedures.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Professional Services Agreement
The Professional Services Agreement with the selected Proposer will begin within 30 days of award of contract. The selected Proposer will be required to sign the City’s Standard Professional Services Agreement. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this Agreement however it sees fit.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Request for Proposal, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract to perform only some of the services outlined in this Request For Proposal, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Proposer and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected Proposer.

The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Proposers prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the proposals, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the Proposer in responding to the RFP are entirely the responsibility of the Proposer and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe.
c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful Proposer. Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this RFP and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. 520
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 40 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written proposals it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a proposal contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Proposer. f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a Proposer's proposal or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular proposal. Failure of a Proposer to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the proposal. g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Proposer for further discussions based solely on the content of the RFPs and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this RFP will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Local Business Preference (applies to RFP’s over $50,000 only) a) The City shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit proposals for services for The City of South Lake Tahoe. The City shall evaluate the local businesses’ proposals as though the proposal had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract. 521
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 41

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what service is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this RFP?

SCOPE OF SERVICE

10. Scope of Work to be Performed
- List all technical and general specifications of service, etc.…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request proposal to be all inclusive of all fees, incl taxes, delivery charges etc... - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date etc.… 522
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 42

PROPOSAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

11. Proposal Requirements - All proposals must include the following information and shall be organized as described below. Criteria titles and points should be edited or deleted as needed for each RFP –
A. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

B. Executive Summary (10 points)
The intent of this narrative is to convince the City the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

C. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake the project/services for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

D. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx). Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including 523
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 43 all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal. The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Proposals will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the proposal may be deemed non-responsive and returned to proposer and any further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation based on the criteria in this Proposal to award the contract/agreement to a selected Proposer. The City may conduct interviews as described on page 4 under Selection Process.

12. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories, if any. This information should match the proposal content requirements on page XX
Criteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 20
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 25
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5

524
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 44 ATTACHMENT 1
SAMPLE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT
525
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 45

EXHIBIT G

STANDARD

PROFESSIONAL

SERVICES AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
526
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 46

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202X by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Consultant”).

RECITALS
A. Consultant is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Consultant possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

C. City desires to retain Consultant to render professional services as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Services. Consultant shall perform the services set forth in this agreement and shall provide said services at the time, place, and in the manner specified in this agreement. Consultant shall have no power or authority by this Agreement to bind City in any respect.

The Consultant agrees that it has satisfied itself by its own investigation and research regarding the conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials needed, and that its decision to execute this Contract is based on such independent investigation and research.

All services provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement will be provided in accordance with the terms set forth in the Exhibit A, “Scope of Services,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibit B, “Compensation Schedule,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, outlines the fees and compensation which shall be paid pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The services by Consultant are to commence upon the execution of the Agreement and continue for _________ years. 527
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 47

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Consultant shall be in accordance with the Schedule set forth in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Consultant’s compensation, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses, exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Consultant shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item, task, or obligation under the Scope of Services.

4. Method of Payment. Consultant shall submit monthly billings to City describing the work performed during the preceding month. Consultant’s bills shall include a brief description of the services performed, the date the services were performed, the number of hours spent and by whom, the applicable hourly rate, and a description of any reimbursable expenditures. City shall pay Consultant no later than 30 days after approval of the monthly invoice by City staff.

5. Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may request that Consultant perform extra work. As used herein, “Extra Work” means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement. Consultant shall not perform, nor be compensated for, extra work without prior written authorization from City.

6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by City or Consultant immediately for cause or without cause upon thirty days (30) days written notice of termination. Upon termination, Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for services performed up to the effective date of termination, and City shall be entitled to all work performed to that date.

Termination, revocation, or expiration of this Agreement shall not release either party from liability resulting from an event which occurred prior to such termination, revocation, or expiration.

7. Ownership of Documents.

All plans, studies, documents, and other writings, including working notes and internal documents, prepared by and for Consultant, its officers, employees 528
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 48 and agents and subcontractors in the course of implementing this Agreement, shall become the property of City upon payment to Consultant for such work, and City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion without further compensation to Consultant or to any other party.

Consultant shall, at Consultant’s expense, provide such reports, plans, studies, documents, and other writings to City upon written request. All documents prepared by Consultant are confidential and shall be maintained to preserve their confidential nature. Release of any such documents to third parties shall only be made upon written consent of City.

8. Consultant’s Books and Records.
a. Consultant shall maintain any and all ledgers, books of account, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to charges for services, or expenditures and disbursements charged to City for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from the date of final payment to Consultant for services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
b. Consultant shall maintain all documents and records which demonstrate performance under this Agreement for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from records shall be available at Consultant’s address indicated for the date of termination or completion of this Agreement. c. Any records or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be made available for inspection or audit, at any time during regular business hours, upon written request by the City Manager, City Attorney, City Auditor, or a designated representative of these officers. Copies of such documents shall be provided to City for inspection at City offices when it is practical to do so. Otherwise, unless an alternative is mutually agreed upon, the receipt of notices in this Agreement.
d. Where City has reason to believe that such records or documents may be lost or discarded due to dissolution, disbandment or termination of Consultant’s business, City may, by written request by any of the above-named officers, require that custody of the records be given to City and that the records and documents be 529
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 49 maintained at City offices. Access to such records and documents shall be granted to any party authorized by Consultant, Consultant’s representatives, or Consultant’s successor-in-interest.

9. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Consultant, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Consultant shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Consultant hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Consultant are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Consultant and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Consultant under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Consultant’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Consultant shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Consultant. Consultant hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

10. Interest of Consultant. Consultant, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of consultant) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Consultant’s services hereunder. Consultant further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

Consultant is not a designated employee within the meaning of the Political Reform Act because Consultant:
a. Will conduct research and arrive at conclusions with respect to his/her rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel independent of the control and direction of City or of any City official, other than normal agreement monitoring; and,
530
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 50 b. Possesses no authority with respect to any city decision beyond rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel. [FPPC Reg. 18700(a) (2)].

11. Professional Ability of Consultant. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Consultant to perform the services hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Consultant shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all services under this Agreement. All work performed by Consultant under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily to be expected of competent professionals in Consultant’s field of expertise.

12. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Consultant shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments, and shall commit no trespass on any public or private property in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials, and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of Consultant to comply with this section.

In the event it is determined that the Consultant is required to pay prevailing wages for the work performed under this Agreement, the Consultant shall pay all penalties and wages as required by law.

13. Licenses. Consultant represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant represents and warrants to City that Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant shall maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license at all times services is performed under this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

14. Indemnity. Consultant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, 531
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 51 actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Consultant’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

Consultant agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Consultant’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Consultant’s work under this Agreement, or the consultant’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Consultant which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Consultant, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

This hold harmless agreement by Consultant shall apply to all damages and claims for damages, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of any of the aforesaid operation of Consultant or any subcontractor, regardless of whether such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

Consultant further waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity or right of contribution from the City for any liability, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses and causes of action of whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, and consultant’s work under this Agreement.

15. Insurance Requirements.
a. Consultant, at Consultant’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies.
i. Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance for his/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Consultant shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’
Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all the subcontractor’s employees. Any notice of cancellation of all 532
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 52 Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. Consultant shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of nonrenewal of any Workers’ Compensation policies. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by Consultant for City.
ii. Commercial General Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance no less broad than ISO form CG 00 01 in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. Coverage must be made on
the standard Occurrence form. Claims-Made forms are not acceptable without prior written consent of City. City of South Lake Tahoe must be endorsed as an additional insured for liability arising out of ongoing operation by on behalf of Consultant. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general
aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required
occurrence limit.
iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and nonowned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. iv. Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant or by its employees, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.
533
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 53 b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing an AM Best’s rating of no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language:
i. City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insureds under Consultant’s General Liability and Automobile Liability policies with respect to liability arising out of this Agreement and/or work performed by or on behalf of the
Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.
ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by City, including any self-insured retention City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it.
iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each,
except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring Consultant.
iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City except for Consultant’s Professional Liability and Employers’ Liability policies, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents.
v. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. vi. No policies of insurance carried by Consultant shall be suspended, voided, canceled, or changed in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice to the City Attorney by Certified Mail.
534
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 54 c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. The Consultant shall be responsible for all deductibles in all of Consultant’s insurance policies.

The amount of deductibles for insurance coverage required herein shall be reasonable and approved by the City Attorney.
d. Certificates of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Consultant shall not commence work under this contract until all insurance required under this section has been approved by City as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall Consultant allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until all similar insurance required and reasonably consistent limits of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. Certificates of insurance shall contain no exclusions unless negotiated with the City Attorney and approved, in writing, by the City Attorney.

16. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to:  City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Consultant:

Provide a copy to:

17. Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Consultant. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Consultant shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the 535
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 55 subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

18. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

19. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

20. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

21. Prohibited Interests. Consultant maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Consultant’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Consultant warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Consultant or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Equal Opportunity Employment. Consultant represents that it is an equal opportunity employer, and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, disability, ancestry, sex, or age. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination. Consultant shall also comply with all relevant provisions of City’s 536
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 56 Minority Business Enterprise program, Affirmative Action Plan, or other related programs or guidelines currently in effect or hereinafter enacted.

23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. By signing this Agreement, Consultant hereby certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the Consultant will comply with the requirements of the DrugFree Workplace Act of 1990 (Government Code Section 8350, et seq.) and will provide a drug-free workplace by taking the following actions:
a. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355 (a). b. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b) to inform employees about all of the following:
i. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
ii. The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
iii. Any available counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and
iv. Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
c. Provide, as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who performs grant activities under this Agreement:
i. Will receive a copy of the Consultant’s drug-free policy statement; and
ii. Will agree to abide by the terms of the Consultant’s statement as a condition of employment on this Agreement.

Failure to comply with these requirements may result in suspension of payments under this Agreement or termination of the Agreement, or both, and Consultant may be ineligible for award of any future City agreements if City determines that any of the following has occurred: the Consultant (1) has made false certification, or (2) violates the certification by failing to carry out the requirements as noted above.

24. Anti-Lobbying Certification. Consultant shall submit to City the Anti-Lobbying Certification contained in Exhibit C. Further, Consultant shall require that the language of the certification in Exhibit C be included in all contracts or 537
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 57 subcontracts entered into in connection with this Agreement and that all Consultants and contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly.

25. Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

26. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et.seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

27. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Consultant and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

28. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Consultant. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

30. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

31. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

32. Authority to Enter Agreement. Consultant has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
538
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 58 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: CONSULTANT:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date_________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date_____________________________ City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________________ City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Scope of Services
Exhibit B – Compensation Schedule
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
539
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 59

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
540
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 60

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AND TIMELINE
BUDGET
Estimated fees (not to exceed) $________
Hourly Rate: $________/hour
Travel and out-of-pocket expenses $________
(travel is included in the TOTAL (not to exceed amount) TOTAL (not to exceed) $________

TIMELINE
541
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 61

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Consultant shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Consultant:

Name, Title
By:________________________________________ Date_______________________ 542
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 62

EXHIBIT H

STANDARD

INVITATION TO BID

TEMPLATE

543
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 63

INVITATION TO BID
TITLE
Picture
BID# date of award yyyy-mm-dd Title
*note: Formal Bids must be posted for minimum of 30 days 544
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 64

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting formal competitive bids from qualified professional vendors/firms for (short sentence describing what you are looking for).

Sealed or Electronic Bids are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (Department Address, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Bids received after the deadline will not be accepted. Electronic Bids must be uploaded by said time and date. Sealed Bids and required copies must be submitted by U.S. mail or personal delivery to the address below, and/or on-line Planet Bids Portal. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Sealed paper bids must be marked “BID yyyy-mm-dd Title” and mailed to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
Title of Bid
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Bidders will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Formal Invitation to Bid (BID). Bidders must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda (see page 3 for instructions on how to register).

Read this BID document carefully as the award will be given to the “lowest qualified responsible bidder” responding to this BID. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the “department address” office immediately after the closing of the bid.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this BID is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the BID is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this BID.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of Formal Competitive Bid xx-xx-xxxx
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting *optional
Deadline for questions Submitted via
Planted Bids
xx-xx-xxxx
Questions & Answers Uploaded xx-xx-xxxx
Formal Bid Due/ Bid opening xx-xx-xxxx
City Council Award xx-xx-xxxx
545
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 65

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Bidders must complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a bid. Go to this website address:
https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Bidder. Following submission, Bidders will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Bidders are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Number of Copies
The Bidder must submit in a sealed package(s) one (1) ”Original”, and five (5) complete copy sets of the “Original” response. Bids shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City. Bids not received by the date and time specified in this BID, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this BID will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the bidder to pick up following a review and selection of the bid.

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this BID is due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Submit Sealed Bids to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
“BID yyyy-mm-dd Title”
Department Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted bids. Bids will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the Scope of Work outlined in this BID. The written bid should clearly demonstrate how the bidder could best satisfy the requirements of the 546
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 66 City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page 9 of this BID to rate and rank each proposal.

Following a review of the Bids, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the bidders to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, the Selection Committee will submit a recommendation to the City Manager. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting bids, to advertise the BID at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any bid.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the Invitation to Bid at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Purchase Agreement/ Contract
Upon approval of the Award by City Council; a written Purchase Agreement or Contract will be issued by the City Attorney’s Office. The Agreement is in force through the time period specified in the Scope of Work in the bid. The selected Bidder will be required to sign the City’s Purchase Agreement or Contract. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this agreement however it sees fit. No changes may be made in the agreement without written authorization by the City of South Lake Tahoe. Quantities specified in the purchase agreement are not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City of South Lake Tahoe.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Invitation to Bid, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract on the basis of individual items, or groups of items, or on the entire list of items; to reject any or all bids or any part thereof; and to waive any informalities and/or negotiate minor deviations to the bid, with the successful bidder. The City's decision shall be final, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Bidder and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected vendor. The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Bidders prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the bid, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the vendor in responding to the BID are entirely the responsibility of the vendor and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe. c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful bidder.

Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this BID and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. 547
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 67 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written bids it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a bid contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Bidder.
f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a vendor bid or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular bid. Failure of a Bidder to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the bid.
g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Bidder for further discussions based solely on the content of the BID and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this BID will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Bid Protests
a) A non-selected bidder may protest award of contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible. b) The bid protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights. c) Where award of the contract is to be made by the city council, the city clerk shall place a discussion of the bid protest on the next regularly scheduled council meeting agenda and the city council shall determine whether, based on the protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder.

9. Local Business Preference
a) The city shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for nonpublic projects. The city shall evaluate the local businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
548
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 68 b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the city of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidders’ security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract.

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what product is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this BID?

SCOPE OF WORK

11. Scope of Work to be Performed:

- List all technical and general specifications of item(s), product, service, etc…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request bid to include all fees, tax (8%), delivery charges 549
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 69 - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date

BID CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

12. Bid Requirements - All bids must include the following information and shall be organized as described below.

F. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Department, Department Head, Title, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Vendor, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of bid evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the bid shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the bidder the terms of the proposal.

G. Executive Summary (10 points)
In a brief narrative, describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the Invitation to Bid. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Bidder understands the objective that the bid is intended to meet, the nature of the work and/or product, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined product or scope of work.

H. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Vendor’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes project team members (if applicable). Also include the Vendor’s background and public sector experience in conducting description of work/item.

I. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Vendor’s general approach to managing the project or providing the goods, including specific plans to manage, control, and/or deliver the project in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. Provide a schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. The City’s target date for completion/delivery is xxxx weeks/days from the date the contract is signed; however, a timeline from the Vendor is required. Provide description of all costs, implementation, including 550
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 70 estimated timeframes and deliverables.

J. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a detailed description of the project budget/ product itemized according to Scope of Work.

The Vendor shall present a specific “not to exceed” fixed fee /cost including associated taxes, fees, and charges and be based on achievement of deliverables. Provide itemized budget.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of projects/products of a similar nature including at least three (3) client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons. Preference shall be given to vendors who have provided satisfactory service to public entity clients.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Bids will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the bid may be deemed non-responsive and returned to bidder. Further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation to the City Manager based on the criteria in this bid to award the contract to the lowest qualified responsible bidder. The City Council will make the final determination whether or not to award a contract/agreement. The City may conduct interviews of the top scoring Bidders.

13. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection of the Concessionaire will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories. This information should match the BID content requirements on page 7
riteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 10
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 35
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5
551
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 71

ATTACHMENT 1

SAMPLE

STANDARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT
552
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 72

EXHIBIT I

STANDARD

PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
553
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 73

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202x by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Vendor”).

RECITALS
A. Vendor is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Vendor possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Agreement. Vendor shall provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this agreement and described more fully in the Exhibit A, “Description of Goods/Materials/Products,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (hereinafter the “product(s)”). Exhibit A further sets forth the requirements for delivery of the product(s), including requirements for installation, maintenance, servicing, etc.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The goods/materials/services described in Exhibit A shall be delivered to the City on or before ______________.

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Vendor shall be in accordance with Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Vendor’s compensation exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Vendor shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item set forth in Exhibit A.

4. Expiration and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall expire upon written confirmation from the City that Vendor has delivered product(s) in compliance with the scope set forth in Exhibit A. Such confirmation shall not be unreasonably withheld.
554
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 74 The City may terminate this agreement if Vendor fails to deliver product(s) and comply with the terms of Exhibit A within ten (10) days of the date of delivery set forth in paragraph two (2) herein.

5. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Vendor, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Vendor shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Vendor hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Vendor are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Vendor and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Vendor under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Vendor’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Vendor shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Vendor. Vendor hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

6. Interest of Vendor. Vendor, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of Vendor) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Vendor’s services hereunder.

Vendor further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

7. Professional Ability of Vendor. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Vendor to provide the product(s) hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Vendor shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all tasks related to delivery of the product(s), etc. as set forth in Exhibit A.

8. Compliance with Laws. Vendor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Vendor shall observe and comply with all 555
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 75 applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments.

9. Licenses. Vendor represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Vendor to engage in this Agreement. Vendor represents and warrants to City that Vendor shall, at its sole cost and expense, always keep in effect or obtain during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Vendor.

Vendor shall always maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license during this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

10.Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

11. Indemnity. Vendor hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Vendor’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Vendor agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Vendor’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Vendor’s work under this Agreement, or the Vendor’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Vendor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Vendor, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

12. Warranty. Vendor will provide warranty language.

13. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such 556
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 76 notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

If to Vendor:

Provide a copy to:

14.Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Vendor. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Vendor under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Vendor shall not subcontract any portion of the Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Vendor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

15.Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

16.Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado 557
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 77 Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

17.Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

18.Prohibited Interests. Vendor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Vendor or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Vendor’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Vendor warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Vendor or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

19.Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

20.Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Vendor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

22. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

23.Authority to Enter Agreement. Vendor has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
558
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 78 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: VENDOR:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date__________________
City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________
City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Description of Goods/Materials/Products
Exhibit B – Compensation
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
559
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 79

EXHIBIT A
Description of Goods/Materials/Products
560
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 80

EXHIBIT B

COMPENSATION
 Provide total itemized costs
 Include all taxes, shipping, handling, fees, and discounts 561
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 81

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Vendor shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Vendor:

Name, Title
By: ________________________________________ Date________________________ 562
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 82

EXHIBIT J

BID REJECTION
LETTER –

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
563
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 83

USE DEPARTMENT- CITY LETTERHEAD
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Thank you for submitting a proposal in response to the subject Request for Proposals (RFP).

An evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the RFP, has completed its review, and scoring of all the proposals we received. The proposal submitted by ______________ received the panel’s highest score. We will be developing a contract for the requested services with that organization. Thank you again for your participation, and for your interest in doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe.

This award is a final decision subject to the successful negotiation of a mutually acceptable contract. A nonselected bidder may protest the award of a contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as nonresponsible. Please see City of South Lake Tahoe Code section 3.45.020 for the full bid protest procedure.

Very truly yours,
564
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 84

EXHIBIT K

BID ACCEPTANCE
LETTER

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
565
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 85 *Use Department City Letterhead
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Congratulations. The evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the subject Request for Proposals (RFP), has completed its review of the proposals received. We are pleased to announce that your proposal received the panel’s highest score.

Enclosed with this letter is an electronic copy of the City’s approved Professional Services Agreement. We respectfully ask you to review the terms and conditions. Any changes should be made with MS Word Track Changes so that our Attorney may review them. We also kindly ask that you provide us a scope of services attachment that includes all services requested in our RFP. When both parties arrive at mutually acceptable terms, we will place the master agreement on the City Council agenda for adoption.

Thank you for your interest in working with the City of South Lake Tahoe. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to reach out to me at __________________.

Very truly yours,
Attachment: Professional Services Agreement/ or Purchase Agreement 566
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 86

EXHIBIT L

INSTRUCTIONS TO

CREATE A STANDARD

PURCHASE ORDER
(PO)
567
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 87 Creating a Purchase Order

1. Login to OneSolution

2. Type POUPPR into the top right search tool and click on “Purchase Requests (POUPPR)

3. Click on “Add”

4. Click on Generate

5. Click on PR_SEED

6. Write down the PR Number

7. If you know the vendor ID then type it in the text box that is located in the Vendor tab. If you don’t know the ID then you can search for it by name. If the vendor is not in our system then you will have to request a W9 from the vendor and send it over to Ben so he setup the new 568
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 88 vendor in our system. If this new vendor is doing any work on one of our properties then a business license is needed. Have Finance contact this new vendor to setup a business license.

8. Type in the Vendor ID in the text box or look it up. Select the vendor and the correct address then click on OK at the top.

9. Click on the Ship to Tab. If you know the ship to ID then type it in the box or you can search for it. To search click on the Lookup button. All city building starts with a S. Filter by PE ID and type 569
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 89 in an “S” and click on “Apply”. Look for the city building that it needs to be shipped to and select the correct person at that address.

10. Under the “Details” tab type in the following
a. Confirming Person – The person requesting this item/service 570
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 90 b. Cust / Order # ‐ Quote or order number if available
c. Bid # ‐ If available
d. Contract # ‐ If available
e. End Use – The department or division requesting this PR f. Buyer – Leave Blank

11. Go to the “Details” tab and type in the current date

12. Skip “Blanket” Tab

13. Click on “Req. Codes” Tab. Make sure the following codes are selected.

14. Skip “Misc.” Tab

15. Click on the “Notes” Tab. In the dropdown there are three choices a. PR Notes – This is for internal notes only
b. Print Before – This will place the note directly on the PO above the first line item. 571
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 91 i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…
c. Print After – This will place the note directly after the last line item. i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…

16. In the “Items” tab. Enter in the Quantity, Account Number, Units, Description, Unit Price. If Tax is NOT required, then scroll to the right and select EX under the “Tax Code” column. After entering the data in each filed press the “Enter” to save the item and two add a second item.

17. Once you are finished adding items. You will have to approve the PR out of your queue. At the top you should have “Pending Approvals” tab; If you don’t, please see below to activate it. Click on that tab and select one of the four choices. When you select one a second window will popup so you can type additional notes for yourself or for the next approver in the queue. 572
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 92

18. If there are multiple approvers you can click on refresh to see who next in line to approve the PR.

Adding Attachments to the PR

1. Click on the “Attachments” tab on the top will allow you add new documents. The “Attachment” tab on the left will show you the current documents attached to the PR.

2. Click on “New Document”. A second window will popup. You will need to add a description and then browse to the location where your attachment is saved. Then click on “Attach.” 573
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 93

3. You will see the document listed on the left side. If the wrong document was attached; just hover you mouse of the attached document and send IT the document ID and request that document to be removed.

Activating the “Pending Approval” tab and “Attachments” Tab

1. Click on the Globe
574
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 94

2. Click on “Settings”

3. Click on “Preferences” tab and select “Enable for “Show Attachments”. Then click on “Apply Settings”
575
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 95

4. Click on “Screens Specific” tab and select “Enable” for “Pending Approvals” Purchase Order Rules

1. All quotes, sole source form, state contracts, etc.… and the approved PO must be attached to the PR.
576
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 1

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

PROCUREMENT POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for the procurement of goods and services in accordance with City Ordinance Adopted and Approved by the City Council September 12, 2023. Procedures are drafted by the Finance Dept. in coordination with the City Attorney and City Manager’s office. All City employees responsible for the procurement of goods and services while conducting City business are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Quick Guide to Purchasing
Dollar
limit
For Materials, Supplies, Equipment & Services Forms
Required
Approval
Authority
$0
$9,999
Discretionary purchases: no competitive bid required. Purchase using Cal Card, or vendor invoice- signed, with account number.

ALL services performed by an outside vendor at a city-owned property require a Purchase Order or PSA.

Signed
invoice or email approval
with acct.
number
PO for service
Supervisor/
Designated
Purchaser
$10,000 –
$29,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, cooperative contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Purchase using approved vendor invoice, or PO with budgeted account number.
*ALL services performed by an outside vendor require a
Purchase Order or Professional Services Agreement.
3-Quotes or
Sole Source
form, Co-op
contract#, PO,
or invoice
w/ acct#
Department
Head
$30,000 –
$59,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, co-op contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Provide budgeted account number and proper signing authority.
*ALL services and purchases of goods at this threshold require a PO and/or written contract approved by Dept. Head & City Manager.

All above +
PO, PSA/ or
Purchase
Agreement
Department
Head and
City Manager
$60,000 + Requires Formal Bid process with City Council approval. All services and purchases of goods require a written contract approved by the City Attorney’s office as well as City Council approval.

All above +
- RFP or BID
-Staff report
City Council
Awardinvoices signed
by DH, CM
NOTE: ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, re-painting and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II). Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any of these activities.
577
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 2 Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following five sections:

1. General Standards .............................................................................................................4

1.1 Code of Ethics ................................................................................................................4

1.2 Conflict of Interest .........................................................................................................5

1.3 Public Projects (CUPCCA) ................................................................................................ 5-6

1.4 On-Site Services.............................................................................................................7

1.5 Splitting Purchases .........................................................................................................7

1.6 Sole Source Purchasing.......................................................................................................... 7

1.7 Environmentally Preferable Products ............................................................................8

1.8 SB 1383 Recovered Organic Waste Products ................................................................8

1.9 Cooperative Purchasing .................................................................................................9

1.10 Business License Requirement ....................................................................................9

1.11 Budget Appropriation ..................................................................................................9

1.12 Disposition of Surplus........................................................................................................10

2. Discretionary Purchases (less than $10,000) .......................................................... 10-11

2.1 Signature Authority ......................................................................................................10

2.2 Purchase utilizing Federal Funds/Other Revenue ........................................................11

2.3 Discretionary Process...........................................................................................................11

3. Informal Solicitations ($10,000 - $59,999) ............................................................... 11-12

3.1 Signature Authority ......................................................................................................11

3.2 Equipment and Capital Expenditures...........................................................................12

3.3 Informal Bid and Proposal Process ..............................................................................13

3.4 Purchase Orders ...........................................................................................................14

3.5 Purchase Agreement ....................................................................................................14

3.6 Professional Service Agreement ..................................................................................14

4. Formal Solicitations ($60,000 and above) ............................................................... 14-15 578
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 3

4.1 Signature Authority......................................................................................................15

4.2 Formal Bidding Process...............................................................................................15 Public Projects .......................................................................................................15 Requests for Proposals (services or consultants)...................................................15 Requests for Qualifications (pre-qualification for consultants).............................15 Invitation to Bid (goods, materials equipment) .....................................................15

4.3 Local Business Preference ...........................................................................................16

4.4 Bidders Security...........................................................................................................16

4.5 Bid and RFP/RFQ Evaluations.............................................................................. 16-17 Rejections / Tie Bids..............................................................................................17 Less than three Bids/ No Bids Received................................................................18 Waiver of Irregularities and Rejection of Bids......................................................18

4.6 City Council Staff Recommendations ................................................................... 18-19 Staff Report / Resolution .......................................................................................19

4.7 Bid Protests..................................................................................................................19

4.8 Maintaining Documentation ........................................................................................20

5. Forms and Templates................................................................................................ 21-94 Exhibit A- Payment Request Form........................................................................22 Exhibit B – Sole Source Justification ....................................................................24 Exhibit C – Request for Quotes.............................................................................26 Exhibit D – Contract/Agreement Routing Form....................................................28 Exhibit E – Bid Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet.......................................... 30-33 Exhibit F – Standard RFP/RFQ Required Template........................................ 34-42 Exhibit G – Standard PSA (Professional Services Agreement)....................... 44-60 Exhibit H – Standard Invitation to Bid ............................................................ 61-70 Exhibit I – Standard Purchasing Agreement (contract for goods)................... 71-80 Exhibit J – Bid Rejection Letter.............................................................................82 Exhibit K – Bid Acceptance Letter........................................................................84 Exhibit L – Instructions to Create a PO........................................................... 85-94 579
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 4

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The City's Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) and Procurement Policy are in place as guideline to ensure materials and services are purchased in a legal and cost-effective manner.

The purchasing functions are decentralized, with each Department/Division responsible for procuring their own goods, services, and contracts, and maintaining compliance with City policies and procedures. Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, approving, and procuring goods, services, and contracts on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and City resources.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Purchasing Ordinance and Procurement Policy and approving significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to City procurement are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250- 6270).

1.1 CODE OF ETHICS
Public employees and officials shall act in good faith to perform their duties ensuring fair and equitable treatment of all persons dealing with government procurement; to foster public confidence in the integrity of the procurement process; and to ensure the appropriate application of purchasing ethics. When engaging in procurement, any person employed by the City of South Lake Tahoe, or vendors and third parties doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe, shall be bound by this code of ethics, including but not limited to the following:

1. Avoid the intent and appearance of unethical behavior or fraudulent practices;

2. Diligently follow the procurement laws, rules, and procedures;

3. Refrain from any activity that would create a conflict between personal interests and the interests of the City;

4. Identify and eliminate any conflicts of interest;

5. Avoid soliciting or accepting money, loans, credits, discounts, favors, gifts, or services from present or potential suppliers which may influence or appear to influence purchasing decisions;

6. Ensure that all persons are afforded equal opportunity to compete in a fair and open environment, and;

7. Encourage any person, including any actual or prospective bidder, offeror, contractor, or business to act in good faith to practice purchasing ethics, and display business integrity as a responsible offeror.
580
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 5

1.2 Conflict of Interest
Any officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City is displaying a “conflict of interest”.

No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct, or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the procurement process or influence the bidding and purchasing of goods, services, or public projects. Officials and employees of the City shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
• Using his or her official position for private gain
• Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization • Losing complete independence or impartiality
• Making an official decision outside official channels • Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the procurement process • Or any other Conflict of Interest, real or perceived
The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny approval, purchase, payment, or reimbursement of expenses that are considered fraudulent, lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

1.3 PUBLIC PROJECTS
ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, repainting, and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (CUPCCAA) (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II) Prequalification: The City may require each prospective bidder for a contract to submit a standardized questionnaire and financial statement in the form specified by the director of public works. The City may establish a process for prequalifying prospective bidders on a quarterly basis, and a prequalification pursuant to this process shall be valid for one calendar year following the date of initial prequalification. The director of public works is authorized to establish such a quarterly prequalification process. Refer to City Code for bidder appeal process. (City Code SLTCC § 3.45.105)
Director of public works authority for Public Projects: Public project contracts of $60,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee by force account, negotiated contract, or purchase order. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California. This includes contract change orders combined up to this amount. Vendors chosen in this manner must be on the prequalification list.
581
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 6 Informal bidding for Public Projects: Monetary Limit. Public contracts of $200,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee as well as let to contract by informal procedures as set forth in this section. Contract change orders up to this amount may be approved by the director of public works, so long as the combined amounts are within the approved project budget. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California.

1. Contractors List: The city shall maintain a contractors list and contractors shall be selected to perform public projects in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 22034.

2. Notice Inviting Informal Bids: Not less than 10 calendar days before bids are due, the city will mail notices inviting informal bids to all contractors on the contractors list and/or all trade journals specified in Public Contract Code Section 22034(b).

Formal Competitive Bidding: Public projects of greater than $200,000 shall be bid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 22037 et seq. (Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh.

A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-22)
Lowest Responsible Bidder: Contracts for public projects shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. If two or more bids are the same and the lowest, the city may accept the one it chooses. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the following factors may be considered in addition to price:

1. The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service required;

2. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, efficiency and performance demonstrated in previous contracts or services for the city;

3. The sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services;

4. The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance for service for the public project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-25)
Design-Build Contracts: The purpose of this section is to authorize and provide guidelines for the award and use of “design-build contracts,” which means a public project procurement method in which both the design and construction of the project are procured from a single entity, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. This section shall be effective until January 1, 2025, unless the authorizing statute is extended, in which case this section shall be effective so long as Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. is in effect.

1. Design-build procurement may be used for public projects in excess of $1,000,000 consisting of the construction of a building or buildings and improvements directly related thereto and park and recreational facilities, and may not be used for construction of other infrastructure including, but not limited to, streets and highways;

2. Any architectural firm, engineering firm, specialty consultant, or individual retained by the city to assist in the development of plans, designs, performance standards, or the request 582
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 7 for proposals shall not be eligible to submit a proposal as a design-build entity or join a design-build team.

3. Refer to City Code SLTCC § 3.45.165 Design-build contracts for additional guidelines when utilizing this method for procurement.

Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any activity considered to be a Public Project per definition above.

1.4 ON-SITE SERVICES
On-Site Service: any repair service, maintenance, professional service, or service of any kind conducted on the property of any city-owned facility or property is subject to the following:

1. Regardless of dollar amount, a Purchase Order (PO), Professional Service Agreement (PSA), or Written Contract must be used for ALL On-Site Services.

2. Cal-Cards are prohibited as a payment for On-Site Services.

1.5 SPLITTING PURCHASES
Splitting Purchases Prohibited: Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.050, it is unlawful to split or separate any public project into smaller work orders or projects for the purpose of circumventing or evading these requirements.

Bifurcation of Purchases: No acquisition of materials, supplies, equipment or services from a single vendor, provider, or contractor shall be accomplished by the issuance of several purchase orders or contracts for portions thereof.

1.6 SOLE SOURCE PURCHASING
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.060; where an acquisition would otherwise be subject to competitive bidding, the procurement of materials, supplies, equipment, or services from a Sole Source may be permitted only when submitting an approved Sole Source Justification Form (Exhibit B) and one of the following conditions exists:

1. Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.

2. Emergency Purchase: Non-public projects requiring public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per SLTCC § 3.45.070. Whereas the procedures set forth in this policy would result in hazardous delays, loss to the City, or damage to life, health, safety of citizens, the City Manager may approve the non-competitive purchase of materials, supplies, equipment, or services. For Public Projects, refer City Code § 3.45.180, and Public Contract Code Section 22050. 583
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 8

3. Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function.

4. Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (Attach authorization to this form)

5. Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc. (When using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes).

1.7 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.080; the city desires to purchase environmentally preferable products that minimize environmental impacts, reduce waste by increasing product efficiency, contain recycled content, and contain U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Energy Star-certified materials whenever economically feasible.

1.8 SB 1383 RECOVERED ORGANIC WASTE PRODUCTS
Beginning January 1, 2022, SB 1383 requires cities and counties to procure annually a quantity of recovered organic waste products. These procurement requirements will strengthen California’s green, self-sustaining economy. Recovered organic waste products can benefit local communities and spaces, improve soil and air quality, and support local environmental initiatives, such as the City’s Climate Action Plan.

CalRecycle will assign an annual procurement target to each jurisdiction based on its population.

Jurisdictions can fulfill their target by procuring any combination of the following recovered organic waste products where applicable:
• Compost
• Mulch
• Renewable Energy (Transportation Fuel, Heat, and Electricity) The City’s Sustainability Coordinator will be responsible for collecting and maintaining the documents needed to support and demonstrate compliance with the SB 1383 regulatory target for recovered organic waste product procurement and the SB 1383 recycled-content paper regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to SB1383 and SLTCC §3.45.080, Departments should use best efforts in procuring and using “recycled organic products” to help the city meet its procurement target by:

1. Coordinating with the Sustainability Coordinator to identify applicable products.

2. Recognize areas in your department that could utilize these products.

3. Provide invoice copies to Sustainability Coordinator for tracking and reporting. 584
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 9

1.9 COOPERATIVE PURCHASING
Where another governmental agency performs a solicitation and/or bid process for the City and/or multiple agencies or jurisdictions, and where the purchase of materials, supplies and equipment is based upon an agreement or cooperative purchasing program pursuant to authority granted by statue or ordinance, pursuant to contractual arrangement between the city and said governmental agency, or pursuant to a determination by the City Manager that the governmental agency conducted a competitive bidding process, the City may purchase materials, supplies, and complying with the bidding requirements of this policy (ex: CMAS, NASPO, GMAS, SOURCEWELL) (SLTCC § 3.45.090). Cooperative Purchasing is not applicable to Public Projects.

1.8 BUSINESS LICENSE REQUIREMENT
The City shall not render payment to any vendor, contractor, or professional service provider where such vendor or provider does not possess a valid South Lake Tahoe business and professions tax certificate (SLTCC § 3.45.095). Contact the Revenue Dept. to inquire about a valid business license (ext. 6012 or ext. 6013).

1. It is the Departments responsibility to ensure the vendor, contractor, service provider, consultant, has a required Business License and appropriate requisite insurance (where applicable).

2. The license and insurance requisites must be obtained prior to purchase or work commencing.

1.9 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP. Do not proceed with the purchase or contract until City Council or the City Manager has appropriated budget in accordance with the following delegation of authority:
585
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 10 Transferring/ Adding Budget Authorization
Transfers between budgeted line items
within the same account number:

Department Head- via email to the
Administrative Services Director
Transfers between account numbers within
the same fund:

City Manager- via email from Dept.

Head. CM will authorize adjustment via
email to Admin. Services Director.

Transfers between funds: (including
transfers from undesignated reserves)
City Council- via staff report and
resolution with explanation for transfer
Adding new Budget (grants, new revenue,
unforeseen expenses etc..)
City Council – via staff report and
resolution with explanation and request to
appropriate funding.

1.10 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS
Surplus property: Goods, materials, vehicles, equipment etc. retained by a government, but not currently being utilized. These items may be out of date, useless, or no longer working.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department; officially declared to the City Council for approval; eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and; sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price. Alternatively, the City Council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions at City Council discretion.

In the event any single item of property’s original value is less than $10,000, the Finance Director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company.

Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

2. DISCRETIONARY PURCHASES: $0 - $9,999.00
Items and services less than $10,000 can be purchased directly by a City department without a competitive bid process, this threshold must include tax, shipping, and handling. Purchasers should use best efforts and judgment to provide greatest value to the city. 586
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 11

2.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
Discretionary Purchases require the approval signature of the Department Supervisor or the designated “Purchaser” for the department. Accounts Payable requires a valid invoice, appropriate account number, printed name, department, and authorized signature to complete a payment. An e-mail approval to pay invoice with account number is acceptable.

2.2 FEDERAL/OTHER REVENUE FUNDS
Purchases utilizing Federal Funds, Grant Funds or other Revenue Sources as the funding source require procurement compliance with this policy as well as the procurement standards set forth in the contract funding the purchase. Specifically, for Federal grant funding, Federal pass-through funding, or any other Federal revenue source, follow General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2: Grants and Agreements section §200.318 through §200.326 (Micro purchase threshold §200.67). In determining purchasing bid thresholds while maintaining compliance with multiple policies; utilize the most stringent requirements to ensure meeting all standards and regulations.

2.3 DISCRETIONARY PROCESS
Following are preferred purchasing methods for purchases less than $10,000:

1. Cal-Card procurement card: purchase of non-service goods at this level. (refer to Cal Card Policy for further guidelines)

2. Direct vendor invoice: include account number, “ok to pay”, printed name, department and authorized signature on the invoice or attach Payment Request Form (Exhibit A) to the invoice.

3. Purchase Orders: when required by the Vendor, or for on-site service, refer to instructions in Exhibit L.

3. INFORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $10,000 - $59,999
Purchases and services between $10,000 and $59,999 are subject to informal bidding and proposal processes. In calculating the total amount, include tax, shipping, and handling as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease.

3.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
$10,000 - $29,999: The Department Head may approve contracts and expenditures up to $29,999.99 and must sign all corresponding invoices, POs, and/or Requests for Payment, or provide authorized e-mail approval to Accounts Payable. $30,000 - $59,999: Upon approval by Dept. Head, the City Manager must also approve and sign all Contracts, Purchasing Agreements, and/or POs between $30,000 and $59,999, as well as approve all invoices in this threshold. Authorized e-mail by DH and CM for approval is accepted for invoices.
587
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 12

3.2 EQUIPMENT AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital Expenditure: funds used to acquire or upgrade the City’s fixed assets, such as property, plant, equipment, facilities, and infrastructure.

Capital (fixed) Asset: any asset used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years and generally has value over a longer period (ex. computer equipment, machinery, vehicles etc.).

1. When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.

2. Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
• The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
• Any asset less than the capitalization threshold as recommended by the Finance Director or requested by a department to be controlled to satisfy an internal or external requirement.
• Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Capital Expenditures utilizing Federal Funds: must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Federal capital expenditures are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or passthrough entity.

2. Notify A/P through e-mail or notation on invoice when purchasing equipment with Federal Funds costing $5,000 or more. A/P will provide an inventory tag to track the item as noted below.

3. Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the Federal Award Identification Number), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.

4. A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.
588
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 13

3.3 INFORMAL BID AND PROPOSAL PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head or his/her Designee.

1. Obtain at least three quotes from vendors, individuals, companies and/or business entities, documenting in writing each quote received (optional to use Request for Quotes Form (Exhibit C)), or provide copies of written proposals/quotes received.

2. Optional - to reach a broad spectrum of qualified vendors, Planet Bids may be used to circulate a Request For Proposal (RFP), Request For Qualification (RFQ), or Invitation to Bid (BID).

3. If after due diligence, three quotes cannot be obtained, complete a Sole Source Request Form approved by the Department Head, City Manager, City Attorney and Finance Director (Exhibit B). One of the requirements in this form must be met to utilize a Sole Source procurement option.

4. Department selects lowest responsible quote (i.e., Department selects quote which is responsive to the needs of the department and is the lowest in price).

5. For Professional Services, the department selects the vendor whose qualifications meet the highest evaluation ranking as the most responsible bidder.

6. $10,000 - $29,999: Professional Service Agreement (PSA), Purchase Order (PO), or direct invoice may be used, signed by Dept. Head.

7. $30,000 - $59,999: Purchase Agreement (PA), PSA, or PO must be used; reviewed by Finance and City Attorney, signed by City Manager
• Department Head or designee (DH) prepares the contract using the appropriate template (see Exhibits F through I); negotiates and agrees upon terms, scope, and cost with chosen vendor/supplier and;
• Electronically submits document along with Contract Routing Form (Exhibit D) to the City Clerk’s Department with the email address of the authorized Vendor/Supplier signatory. The City Clerk’s Department will then route the contract in Adobe sign in the following manner:
• Department Head for approval, Finance Director for budget review, City Attorney’s Office for review and/or approval, City Manager for approval and back to City Clerk to attest (where applicable) for records retention, and onto the Vendor/Supplier for their signature (do not obtain any signatures in advance of the Contract being routed). City Clerk sends executed copy back to the Department and mails/emails copy to the vendor.

8. Department sends the following documents to Accounts Payable for payment:
• Signed invoice and/or PO, Request for Payment with Contract/Agreement • Business License #
• Three Original Quotes
589
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 14 • Approved Sole source Request Form (if used)
• Proof of Insurance (when required)
• Gov’t. cooperative contract information (if used)

3.4 PURCHASE ORDERS
Purchase Orders must be used when requesting an on-site service of any kind on City property.

This protects the City while outside vendors are doing business on/in City-owned property.

Purchase Orders can be used when:

1. A vendor does not accept Cal-Cards for discretionary purchases

2. A vendor will not invoice the city without a PO

3. For any type of purchase up to $59,999

4. Clearly note the PO# on the approved invoice and send to Accounts Payable

5. Refer to Exhibit L for instructions in creating a PO

3.5 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Purchase Agreements (PA) can be used as written contracts when purchasing goods, materials, equipment, and/or products. This type of agreement can NOT be used when procuring consultants for professional services or on-site service on City property. Purchase Agreements can be used when:

1. Purchases over $30,000 or when a written contract is necessary for such goods, materials, products, etc.

2. A vendor requires a written contract other than a PO

3. Submit copy of agreement with approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

4. Refer to Exhibit I for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PA)

3.6 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
A Professional Service Agreement (PSA) is a legal contract which is drafted to provide service on a professional level to the City. These services are typically unique in nature, highly technical or require specific qualifications. PSA’s can be used when:

1. A professional consultant is necessary to perform a specific set of tasks

2. Should generally be in effect for a specific period, noted in the agreement

3. Should include a “not to exceed” dollar limit

4. Submit a copy of PSA with first approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

5. Refer to Exhibit G for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PSA)

4. FORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $60,000.00 and ABOVE
Purchases and services over $60,000 are subject to formal competitive bidding. Total cost should include tax, shipping, and handling; as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the 590
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 15 contract or lease. The process for obtaining goods and services over this dollar limit is set forth below.

4.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
All purchases of goods and services over $60,000 must have City Council approval and must be signed by the Mayor or have Mayor’s authorization for City Manager as designee for signature.

4.2 FORMAL BIDDING PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head (DH) or his/her Designee.

This may include any employee who is the designated purchaser of a good or service or is the project manager for a project.

1. Public Projects (i.e., CIP, Public Works) follow Public Contracts and Uniform Public Construction Cost Account Act (CUPCCA) per City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II.

2. Verify funding availability. Identify available funding in your current department budget.

If there is no funding identified, prepare to request budget transfer or appropriate new funding source through City Council action. (see section 1.9)

3. Depending on the type of service and/or good sought, DH prepares and circulates a Request for Proposals (RFP), or Invitation to Bid (BID) utilizing Planetbid.com or circulated via similar means.

4. Request for Proposals (RFP): used for soliciting professional services, consultants, lease contracts, complex non-public projects.
• RFPs are subject to three proposals but are not subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures
• Must use mandatory RFP template (Exhibit F)
• DH selects Proposal Evaluation Committee and drafts Evaluation Scorecard.

Committee reviews Proposals and scores per criteria detailed in RFP.

5. Request for Qualification (RFQ): used as the pre-qualification stage of the procurement process. Only those proponents who successfully respond to the RFQ and meet the qualification criteria will be included in the subsequent RFP solicitation process. • Used when there is potential for significant interest in a contract opportunity. This can make the process more efficient as the field can be narrowed down prior to the RFP process.
• Can be used to create a pre-qualified list for a future opportunity • Can be used as the sole selection process for straightforward projects/services that require a specialized skill set or where the task is very specific and contract negotiations can proceed with the most qualified vendor.

6. Invitations to Bid (BID): used when the City is seeking a specific good, material, equipment, tangible object.
591
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 16 • BIDs are subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures • Must use mandatory BID template (Exhibit H)
• DH selects BID Evaluation Committee and drafts BID Evaluation Scorecard per details outlined in the BID.
• DH opens bids at the date, time, and location specified in the invitation. The public may attend. Bids shall be open for public inspection at the office of the DH during regular business hours for a period of 30 days after the bid opening. • Clarifications or changes to a BID must be transmitted to all participating bidders by an “Addendum”. A solicitation may be modified prior to BID response due date.

4.3 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE
The City shall apply a five percent (5%) discount to all Local Businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for non-public projects. The City shall evaluate the Local Businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of 5% lower than the cost submitted (SLTCC § 3.45.020(F)). Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principal place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. (SLTCC § 3.45.095)

4.4 BIDDER’S SECURITY
When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFPs, and RFQs. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within ten days after receipt of contract (SLTCC § 3.45.020).

4.5 BID AND RFP/RFQ EVALUATIONS
BID or RFP Evaluation committee means the body appointed by the DH to review and evaluate proposals submitted in response to the Request for Proposal or Invitation to Bid. The functions of the Committee are as follows:

1. Determine and apply evaluation criteria per Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet

2. Evaluate proposals individually and/or discuss as a committee

3. Rank based on highest score to lowest and/or develop a shortlist

4. Interview/ obtain clarifications

5. Recommend Award
Evaluation Committee shall be comprised of at least three (3) individuals, including:
• At least one employee from the same department as the Department Head 592
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 17 • An employee with knowledge of the subject matter of the service or good, or end user of the service or good
• An employee of the Finance Department
• May also include outside individuals who bring expertise to the process - Evaluation Committee should meet prior to evaluation to review RFP or BID criteria to ensure knowledge of the proposal and to vet questions, concerns, or issues. All members of the committee should have clear understanding of the requirements and the Evaluation Forms prior to review of RFP/BID.

Evaluation Form- Bids and Proposals shall be evaluated based on an Evaluation Form which sets forth the total possible points for each category reviewed (see mandatory template Exhibit E) • Evaluators shall each complete their evaluation forms in confidence, however evaluators can discuss requirements of the RFP or BID in relation to the Evaluation Forms.
• Evaluators shall give a point score and Comments for each evaluation category. • Evaluators may ask questions or request clarification from the Department but should not disclose scores until all reviews are complete and total points tallied. • The Committee may meet to discuss criteria and results. • The Committee may request vendor interviews, depending on the outcome or type of solicitation.
• The Evaluation Committee provides the Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet to the Department Head for final determination.

Rejection, Tie Bids, and Rejection of All Bids: A bid or proposal may be rejected by the Evaluation Committee where it is found that the bid or proposal is “non-responsive.” Where Evaluation Committee chooses to reject one or all bids, Committee shall confer with the City Attorney on the rejection.

1. Any of the following conditions may render a Bid “non-responsive” • The bid or proposal does not strictly conform to the required specifications as set forth in the RFP or Invitation to Bid (the City may waive immaterial, minor irregularities in bids).
• The bidder or proposer has demonstrated that they are unable to satisfactorily meet the responsibilities required of the contract.
• The bidder’s or proposer’s products or services have been demonstrated, through documented past performance in the industry or through prior use by the City, to be incapable of satisfactorily meeting the accepted demands required of the product or service.
593
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 18

2. Tie Bid- If two or more bids are for the same total amount or unit price and if the responsibility and final score (from the Evaluation Scorecards) are equal, the Department Head or City Council may award to whichever bidder or proposer it so chooses.

Less Than Three BID Responses: Solicitations advertised on the city’s Planet Bids portal is considered “competitive solicitation”, therefore:

1. If at least two responsible bidders respond, the evaluation may proceed as noted in Evaluation section above.

2. If the result is only one bid response, and the sole bid is responsive (meets all specifications and requirements), the contract may be awarded subject to the award threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Documentation of the effort and result of the BID should be noted with the procurement documents.

No Responsive BIDS Received from Responsible Bidders: When competition results in no responsive bids from responsible bidders, the DH has two options:

1. The Solicitation may be cancelled and re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements. Shorter response time can be used if a timeline is a concern.

2. If, in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome, the DH may cancel the solicitation and proceed with Sole Source documentation, subject to approval by City Council. DH may reach out to bidders using the same specifications as original solicitation. The chosen bidder must be deemed responsible and compliant/responsive to the original specifications.

Waiver of irregularities and rejection of bids: At its discretion, the city may waive any irregularity in any bid received and award the contract, may reject all bids presented and may readvertise the project, or the city may abandon the project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-24)

4.6 CITY COUNCIL STAFF RECOMMENDATIONS
Staff Recommendations for Formal bids and proposals shall be drafted and presented by the Department Head or his/her designee to City Council. Prior to writing the staff report the DH should:

1. Contact losing bidders and informs them that City has selected another bidder (see template Exhibit F)

2. Contacts winning bidder and negotiates terms of contract along with assistance of City Attorney. (see template Exhibit G)

3. Ensures the winning bidder has obtained a City Business License and has the requisite insurance. The License must be obtained before any work commences. 594
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 19

4. Places staff recommendation for award of contract on next available City Council Agenda.

Staff Report and/or Resolution must include the following elements:

1. A description and background of the project/product for which the RFP or Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of how the bids were circulated and brief description of the bids or proposals received.

3. If using a Cooperative Agreement- provide the name of the Gov’t. Contract, contract number, and attach a copy of the contract.

4. A description of the reasons the winning bidder/proposer was selected.

5. The Financial Implication section should include the complete account number and appropriate budget to fund the product, service, or project.

6. The recommended bidder or proposer’s original submission shall be attached.

7. The Professional Service Agreement or Purchase Agreement with negotiated terms approved by the City Attorney should be attached.

4.7 BID PROTESTS
A non-selected bidder may protest the award of an Invitation to Bid. A non-selected proposer may not protest the award of a Request For Proposal or Request for Qualifications.

Bid Protest Procedures: Per SLTCC § 3.45.020(E), a written Bid Protest must be received by the City Clerk no later than seven (7) calendar days after the City’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than ten calendar days from the date that the City issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible.

Contents of Bid Protest: The Bid Protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights.

Bid Protests Presented to Council: Where award of the contract is to be made by the City Council, the City Clerk shall place a discussion of the Bid Protest on the next regularly scheduled Council Meeting Agenda and the City Council shall determine whether, based on the Protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next responsible bidder. Staff Recommendations addressing a Bid Protest shall contain the following elements:

1. A description of the project for which the Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of the bids received.

3. A description of the reasons the winning bidder was selected. 595
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 20

4. A description of the reasons the bid is being protested.

5. The winning bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

6. The protesting bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

7. All Bid Evaluation Scorecards shall be attached.

8. The Bid Protest shall be attached.

4.8 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
Procurement must be clearly documented throughout each step of the process and documents maintained and filed for audit purposes. The City’s annual audit process includes conducting procurement reviews to determine procedures are correctly implemented.

The following documentation should be maintained by the Department for a period of 3 years from the date of submission of the final expenditure per Resolution No. 2018-102 City Records Management and Retention Policy and Code of Federal Regulations CFR Chapter II 200 §200.33:

1. All communication documentation with vendors, purveyors, suppliers, etc.

2. Documents related to preparation of the procurement documents; dialogue, or negotiation

3. Original RFP or Invitation to Bid

4. All Bids/Proposals received

5. All Evaluation Scorecards, notes, documentation

6. Copies of Staff Recommendation, staff report, resolution

7. Copies of Contract/Agreement

8. Proof of Insurance (if applicable)

9. Labor Compliance Documentation (if applicable)

10. Sole Source forms (if applicable)

11. Cooperative Govt. Contract documents (if applicable) The following documentation should be sent to the Finance Department (Accounts Payable) along with the first payable invoice:

1. Signed invoice and/or Request for Payment, or PO

2. Quotation Form noting bid process and outcome or;

3. Copies of 3 bids, proposals, or quotes

4. Budgeted/approved account number

5. Copy of Executed Contract/ Agreement

6. Copy of approved Council Resolution (if applicable)

7. Sole Source Justification Form (if applicable)

8. Cooperative Gov’t Contract (if applicable)
596
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 21

EXHIBIT A

PAYMENT REQUEST
FORM
597
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 22

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#______________
Date Prepared: ____________ Comments/Notes: ________
___________________________
Pay To: _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
Due Date: _______________

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE
TOTAL PAYMENT: $________________

APPROVED: ____________________________
APPROVED: ____________________________ Budget Available: ________ APPROVED: ____________________________ Reimbursable: ____________ Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
598
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 23 Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________

EXHIBIT B

SOLE SOURCE

JUSTIFICATION

REQUEST FORM
599
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 24

SOLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION REQUEST
SOLE SOURCE VENDOR: ______________________________________________________ ADDRESS: ______________________________________PHONE NO.__________________ ITEM TO BE PURCHASED: ________________________ COST: $_____________________

1. Check reasons for sole source request:
_____ Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.
______ Emergency Purchase: The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per City Code SLTCC § 3.45.070 _____ Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function. ______ Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form) _____ Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc.

Explain: ________________________________________________________________ Note: when using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes.

2. Describe the product or service and how it is unique or one-of-a-kind: _________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

3. Explain why the product/service is available from only one source and what avenues you pursued to confirm that this is factual. _______________________________________________

5. Can your requirements be modified to allow competitive products or services be used? Explain:______________________________________________________________________ REQUESTOR NAME/ DEPARTMENT: __________________________________________ DEPARTMENT HEAD SIGNATURE: ____________________ DATE: _______________ FINANACE DEPT. _____________________________________ DATE: ________________ CITY ATTORNEY SIGNATURE: ________________________ DATE:________________ CITY MANAGER SIGNATURE: _________________________ DATE: _______________ * Requests over $60,000 requires City Council’s approval 600
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 25 .

EXHIBIT C

REQUEST FOR QUOTES
FORM
601
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 26

REQUEST FOR QUOTES

QUOTATION INFORMATION
(To be completed by Designated Purchaser for each quote received) □ Description of Request for Quotes (describe goods or services sought, including quantity, model number, color, size, delivery date requirements, freight charges, or any other charges: ______ ______________________________________________________________________________ □ Date Quote Received: _____________________________________________________________ □ Project Manager Name (name of person receiving quote): ________________________________ □ Company Name (name of company/vendor providing quote): ____________________________ □ Quoted By (name of company/vendor representative providing quote): __________________ □ Quote Amount: $____________________________________________________________ □ Promised Delivery Date: ______________________________________________________ □ Eligible for Local Bidder Preference? (Y/N). If Yes, indicate quote amount, taking into consideration the 5% local bidder’s discount): __________________________________________ □ Warranty (describe warranty quoted by vendor): ____________________________________ □ Additional Information (provide additional information including differentiation between good/service requested by City; good/service quoted by company/vendor; and provide any additional pertinent information relevant to the bid: _____________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 602
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 27

EXHIBIT D
Contract/Agreement
Routing Form
Template
603
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 28 604
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 29

EXHIBIT E

BID EVALUATION

FORMS/ SCORESHEET

TEMPLATE
605
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 30

EVALUATION FORMS

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS/ INVITATION TO BID

INSERT RFP/BID TITLE AND NUMBER HERE
Evaluators must give a numeric score for each of the five categories described below. The numeric score may be as low as zero and may not be greater than the maximum score set forth in the point range for each category. Evaluators should explain the reasoning for their allocation of points in the “Comments” section of each category. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Use one form for each Vendor/Proposer and each Evaluator.

Vendor / Proposer: ____________________________________________________________________ Evaluator Name: ______________________________________________________________________ I. RESPONSIVENESS OF PROPOSAL/ BID (P/F)
The Pass or Fail shall be based upon the vendor’s compliance with the requirements for proposals/bids as set forth in the RFP/ Invitation to Bid, including quality, clarity, and conformance with instructions therein, and shall take into consideration the quality of the Cover Letter and Introduction.

Pass/Fail___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ II. COVER LETTER (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
• Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number • Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
• A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
• Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal. 606
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 31 Total Points_____________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ III. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY (0 – 10 points)
Scoring shall be based upon the vendor’s ability to describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the RFP. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ IV. COMPANY HISTORY, BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake debt collection for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ V. SCOPE OF WORK/IMPLEMENTATION (0 – 35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the collection methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx).

Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description of 607
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 32 implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. PROJECT BUDGET (0 – 25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal.

The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ VII. RECENT PROJECTS/REFERENCES (0 – 5 points)
Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ TOTAL COMBINED POINTS: __________________
(Add total points from Sections I, II, III, IV, and V)
RANKING (from scoresheet): _______________
608
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 33

EVALUATION SCORE SHEET
.
609
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 34

EXHIBIT F

STANDARD RFP/RFQ

TEMPLATE
610
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 35

REQUEST FOR

PROPOSALS/QUALIFICATIONS
TITLE

PICTURE
RFP/RFQ # date of award yyyy-mm-dd
611
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 36

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting proposals( or statement of qualifications (SOQ) for an RFQ) from…brief summary of who/what we are looking for Proposals are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (City address xxx, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Proposals received after the deadline will not be accepted. Proposals and required copies must be submitted by U.S. mail or personal delivery to the address below, Electronic-mailed (e-mail), and/or on-line portal planet bids. xxxxxx submission will not be accepted. (Choose preferred method) City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Read this RFP document carefully as the award will be given to the most “responsible and responsive” Proposer responding to this RFP. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposals.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this RFP is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the RFP is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this RFP.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of RFP
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Meeting Write N/A or Delete Row
Deadline for Question Submittal via Planet
Bids
RFP submittals DUE
Selection Committee Review Period/Interviews
Award Date
612
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 37

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Proposers must complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a proposal. Proposers will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Request for Proposal (RFP). Proposers must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda To register, go to: https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Proposer. Following submission, Proposer will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Proposers are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Number of Copies
The Proposer must submit in a sealed package(s) one (1)” Original”, and five (5) complete copy sets of the “Original” response. Proposals shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City. Proposals not received by the date and time specified in this RFP, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the Proposer to pick up following a review and selection of the firm(s).

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this RFP is due on or before MM/DD/YYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. xxxxxx submission will not be accepted. Submit Proposals to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
613
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 38

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted proposals. Proposer(s) will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the project scope outlined in this RFP.

The written proposal should clearly demonstrate how the Proposer could best satisfy the requirements of the City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page XX of this RFP to rate and rank each proposal.

If more information is needed following a review of the Proposals, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the Proposers to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, (if needed) a recommendation by the Selection Committee to the City Manager/City Council will be made at that time and awarded in accordance with the City of South Lake Tahoe Procurement Policies & Procedures.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Professional Services Agreement
The Professional Services Agreement with the selected Proposer will begin within 30 days of award of contract. The selected Proposer will be required to sign the City’s Standard Professional Services Agreement. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this Agreement however it sees fit.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Request for Proposal, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract to perform only some of the services outlined in this Request For Proposal, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Proposer and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected Proposer.

The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Proposers prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the proposals, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the Proposer in responding to the RFP are entirely the responsibility of the Proposer and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe.
c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful Proposer. Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this RFP and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. 614
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 39 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written proposals it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a proposal contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Proposer. f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a Proposer's proposal or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular proposal. Failure of a Proposer to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the proposal. g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Proposer for further discussions based solely on the content of the RFPs and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this RFP will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Local Business Preference (applies to RFP’s over $50,000 only) a) The City shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit proposals for services for The City of South Lake Tahoe. The City shall evaluate the local businesses’ proposals as though the proposal had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract. 615
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 40

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what service is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this RFP?

SCOPE OF SERVICE

10. Scope of Work to be Performed
- List all technical and general specifications of service, etc.…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request proposal to be all inclusive of all fees, incl taxes, delivery charges etc... - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date etc.… 616
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 41

PROPOSAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

11. Proposal Requirements - All proposals must include the following information and shall be organized as described below. Criteria titles and points should be edited or deleted as needed for each RFP –
A. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
• Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number • Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
• A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
• Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

B. Executive Summary (10 points)
The intent of this narrative is to convince the City the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

C. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake the project/services for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

D. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx). Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including 617
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 42 all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal. The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Proposals will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the proposal may be deemed non-responsive and returned to proposer and any further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation based on the criteria in this Proposal to award the contract/agreement to a selected Proposer. The City may conduct interviews as described on page 4 under Selection Process.

12. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories, if any. This information should match the proposal content requirements on page XX
Criteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 20
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 25
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5

618
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 43 ATTACHMENT 1
SAMPLE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT
619
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 44

EXHIBIT G

STANDARD

PROFESSIONAL

SERVICES AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
620
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 45

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202X by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Consultant”).

RECITALS
A. Consultant is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Consultant possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

C. City desires to retain Consultant to render professional services as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Services. Consultant shall perform the services set forth in this agreement and shall provide said services at the time, place, and in the manner specified in this agreement. Consultant shall have no power or authority by this Agreement to bind City in any respect.

The Consultant agrees that it has satisfied itself by its own investigation and research regarding the conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials needed, and that its decision to execute this Contract is based on such independent investigation and research.

All services provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement will be provided in accordance with the terms set forth in the Exhibit A, “Scope of Services,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibit B, “Compensation Schedule,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, outlines the fees and compensation which shall be paid pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The services by Consultant are to commence upon the execution of the Agreement and continue for _________ years. 621
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 46

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Consultant shall be in accordance with the Schedule set forth in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Consultant’s compensation, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses, exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Consultant shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item, task, or obligation under the Scope of Services.

4. Method of Payment. Consultant shall submit monthly billings to City describing the work performed during the preceding month. Consultant’s bills shall include a brief description of the services performed, the date the services were performed, the number of hours spent and by whom, the applicable hourly rate, and a description of any reimbursable expenditures. City shall pay Consultant no later than 30 days after approval of the monthly invoice by City staff.

5. Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may request that Consultant perform extra work. As used herein, “Extra Work” means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement. Consultant shall not perform, nor be compensated for, extra work without prior written authorization from City.

6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by City or Consultant immediately for cause or without cause upon thirty days (30) days written notice of termination. Upon termination, Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for services performed up to the effective date of termination, and City shall be entitled to all work performed to that date.

Termination, revocation, or expiration of this Agreement shall not release either party from liability resulting from an event which occurred prior to such termination, revocation, or expiration.

7. Ownership of Documents.

All plans, studies, documents, and other writings, including working notes and internal documents, prepared by and for Consultant, its officers, employees 622
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 47 and agents and subcontractors in the course of implementing this Agreement, shall become the property of City upon payment to Consultant for such work, and City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion without further compensation to Consultant or to any other party.

Consultant shall, at Consultant’s expense, provide such reports, plans, studies, documents, and other writings to City upon written request. All documents prepared by Consultant are confidential and shall be maintained to preserve their confidential nature. Release of any such documents to third parties shall only be made upon written consent of City.

8. Consultant’s Books and Records.
a. Consultant shall maintain any and all ledgers, books of account, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to charges for services, or expenditures and disbursements charged to City for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from the date of final payment to Consultant for services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
b. Consultant shall maintain all documents and records which demonstrate performance under this Agreement for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from records shall be available at Consultant’s address indicated for the date of termination or completion of this Agreement. c. Any records or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be made available for inspection or audit, at any time during regular business hours, upon written request by the City Manager, City Attorney, City Auditor, or a designated representative of these officers. Copies of such documents shall be provided to City for inspection at City offices when it is practical to do so. Otherwise, unless an alternative is mutually agreed upon, the receipt of notices in this Agreement.
d. Where City has reason to believe that such records or documents may be lost or discarded due to dissolution, disbandment or termination of Consultant’s business, City may, by written request by any of the above-named officers, require that custody of the records be given to City and that the records and documents be 623
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 48 maintained at City offices. Access to such records and documents shall be granted to any party authorized by Consultant, Consultant’s representatives, or Consultant’s successor-in-interest.

9. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Consultant, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Consultant shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Consultant hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Consultant are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Consultant and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Consultant under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Consultant’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Consultant shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Consultant. Consultant hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

10. Interest of Consultant. Consultant, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of consultant) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Consultant’s services hereunder. Consultant further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

Consultant is not a designated employee within the meaning of the Political Reform Act because Consultant:
a. Will conduct research and arrive at conclusions with respect to his/her rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel independent of the control and direction of City or of any City official, other than normal agreement monitoring; and,
624
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 49 b. Possesses no authority with respect to any city decision beyond rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel. [FPPC Reg. 18700(a) (2)].

11. Professional Ability of Consultant. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Consultant to perform the services hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Consultant shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all services under this Agreement. All work performed by Consultant under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily to be expected of competent professionals in Consultant’s field of expertise.

12. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Consultant shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments, and shall commit no trespass on any public or private property in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials, and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of Consultant to comply with this section.

In the event it is determined that the Consultant is required to pay prevailing wages for the work performed under this Agreement, the Consultant shall pay all penalties and wages as required by law.

13. Licenses. Consultant represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant represents and warrants to City that Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant shall maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license at all times services is performed under this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

14. Indemnity. Consultant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, 625
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 50 actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Consultant’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

Consultant agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Consultant’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Consultant’s work under this Agreement, or the consultant’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Consultant which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Consultant, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

This hold harmless agreement by Consultant shall apply to all damages and claims for damages, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of any of the aforesaid operation of Consultant or any subcontractor, regardless of whether such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

Consultant further waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity or right of contribution from the City for any liability, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses and causes of action of whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, and consultant’s work under this Agreement.

15. Insurance Requirements.
a. Consultant, at Consultant’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies.
i. Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance for his/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Consultant shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’
Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all the subcontractor’s employees. Any notice of cancellation of all 626
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 51 Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. Consultant shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of nonrenewal of any Workers’ Compensation policies. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by Consultant for City.
ii. Commercial General Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance no less broad than ISO form CG 00 01 in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. Coverage must be made on
the standard Occurrence form. Claims-Made forms are not acceptable without prior written consent of City. City of South Lake Tahoe must be endorsed as an additional insured for liability arising out of ongoing operation by on behalf of Consultant. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general
aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required
occurrence limit.
iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and nonowned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. iv. Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant or by its employees, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.
627
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 52 b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing an AM Best’s rating of no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language:
i. City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insureds under Consultant’s General Liability and Automobile Liability policies with respect to liability arising out of this Agreement and/or work performed by or on behalf of the
Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.
ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by City, including any self-insured retention City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it.
iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each,
except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring Consultant.
iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City except for Consultant’s Professional Liability and Employers’ Liability policies, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents.
v. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. vi. No policies of insurance carried by Consultant shall be suspended, voided, canceled, or changed in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice to the City Attorney by Certified Mail.
628
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 53 c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. The Consultant shall be responsible for all deductibles in all of Consultant’s insurance policies.

The amount of deductibles for insurance coverage required herein shall be reasonable and approved by the City Attorney.
d. Certificates of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Consultant shall not commence work under this contract until all insurance required under this section has been approved by City as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall Consultant allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until all similar insurance required and reasonably consistent limits of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. Certificates of insurance shall contain no exclusions unless negotiated with the City Attorney and approved, in writing, by the City Attorney.

16. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Consultant:

Provide a copy to:

17. Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Consultant. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Consultant shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the 629
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 54 subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

18. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

19. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

20. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

21. Prohibited Interests. Consultant maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Consultant’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Consultant warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Consultant or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Equal Opportunity Employment. Consultant represents that it is an equal opportunity employer, and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, disability, ancestry, sex, or age. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination. Consultant shall also comply with all relevant provisions of City’s 630
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 55 Minority Business Enterprise program, Affirmative Action Plan, or other related programs or guidelines currently in effect or hereinafter enacted.

23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. By signing this Agreement, Consultant hereby certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the Consultant will comply with the requirements of the DrugFree Workplace Act of 1990 (Government Code Section 8350, et seq.) and will provide a drug-free workplace by taking the following actions:
a. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355 (a). b. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b) to inform employees about all of the following:
i. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
ii. The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
iii. Any available counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and
iv. Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
c. Provide, as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who performs grant activities under this Agreement:
i. Will receive a copy of the Consultant’s drug-free policy statement; and
ii. Will agree to abide by the terms of the Consultant’s statement as a condition of employment on this Agreement.

Failure to comply with these requirements may result in suspension of payments under this Agreement or termination of the Agreement, or both, and Consultant may be ineligible for award of any future City agreements if City determines that any of the following has occurred: the Consultant (1) has made false certification, or (2) violates the certification by failing to carry out the requirements as noted above.

24. Anti-Lobbying Certification. Consultant shall submit to City the Anti-Lobbying Certification contained in Exhibit C. Further, Consultant shall require that the language of the certification in Exhibit C be included in all contracts or 631
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 56 subcontracts entered into in connection with this Agreement and that all Consultants and contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly.

25. Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

26. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et.seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

27. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Consultant and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

28. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Consultant. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

30. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

31. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

32. Authority to Enter Agreement. Consultant has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
632
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 57 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: CONSULTANT:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date_________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date_____________________________ City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________________ City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Scope of Services
Exhibit B – Compensation Schedule
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
633
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 58

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
634
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 59

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AND TIMELINE
BUDGET
Estimated fees (not to exceed) $________
Hourly Rate: $________/hour
Travel and out-of-pocket expenses $________
(travel is included in the TOTAL (not to exceed amount) TOTAL (not to exceed) $________

TIMELINE
635
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 60

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Consultant shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Consultant:

Name, Title
By:________________________________________ Date_______________________ 636
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 61

EXHIBIT H

STANDARD

INVITATION TO BID

TEMPLATE
637
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 62

INVITATION TO BID
TITLE
Picture
BID# date of award yyyy-mm-dd Title
*note: Formal Bids must be posted for minimum of 30 days 638
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 63

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting formal competitive bids from qualified professional vendors/firms for (short sentence describing what you are looking for).

Sealed or Electronic Bids are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (Department Address, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Bids received after the deadline will not be accepted. Electronic Bids must be uploaded by said time and date. Sealed Bids and required copies must be submitted by U.S. mail or personal delivery to the address below, and/or on-line Planet Bids Portal. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Sealed paper bids must be marked “BID yyyy-mm-dd Title” and mailed to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
Title of Bid
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Bidders will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Formal Invitation to Bid (BID). Bidders must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda (see page 3 for instructions on how to register).

Read this BID document carefully as the award will be given to the “lowest qualified responsible bidder” responding to this BID. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the “department address” office immediately after the closing of the bid.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this BID is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the BID is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this BID.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of Formal Competitive Bid xx-xx-xxxx
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting *optional
Deadline for questions Submitted via
Planted Bids
xx-xx-xxxx
Questions & Answers Uploaded xx-xx-xxxx
Formal Bid Due/ Bid opening xx-xx-xxxx
City Council Award xx-xx-xxxx
639
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 64

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Bidders must complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a bid. Go to this website address:
https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Bidder. Following submission, Bidders will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Bidders are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Number of Copies
The Bidder must submit in a sealed package(s) one (1) ”Original”, and five (5) complete copy sets of the “Original” response. Bids shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City. Bids not received by the date and time specified in this BID, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this BID will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the bidder to pick up following a review and selection of the bid.

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this BID is due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Submit Sealed Bids to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
“BID yyyy-mm-dd Title”
Department Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted bids. Bids will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the Scope of Work outlined in this BID. The written bid should clearly demonstrate how the bidder could best satisfy the requirements of the 640
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 65 City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page 9 of this BID to rate and rank each proposal.

Following a review of the Bids, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the bidders to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, the Selection Committee will submit a recommendation to the City Manager. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting bids, to advertise the BID at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any bid.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the Invitation to Bid at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Purchase Agreement/ Contract
Upon approval of the Award by City Council; a written Purchase Agreement or Contract will be issued by the City Attorney’s Office. The Agreement is in force through the time period specified in the Scope of Work in the bid. The selected Bidder will be required to sign the City’s Purchase Agreement or Contract. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this agreement however it sees fit. No changes may be made in the agreement without written authorization by the City of South Lake Tahoe. Quantities specified in the purchase agreement are not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City of South Lake Tahoe.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Invitation to Bid, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract on the basis of individual items, or groups of items, or on the entire list of items; to reject any or all bids or any part thereof; and to waive any informalities and/or negotiate minor deviations to the bid, with the successful bidder. The City's decision shall be final, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Bidder and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected vendor. The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Bidders prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the bid, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the vendor in responding to the BID are entirely the responsibility of the vendor and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe. c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful bidder.

Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this BID and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. 641
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 66 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written bids it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a bid contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Bidder.
f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a vendor bid or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular bid. Failure of a Bidder to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the bid.
g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Bidder for further discussions based solely on the content of the BID and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this BID will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Bid Protests
a) A non-selected bidder may protest award of contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible. b) The bid protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights. c) Where award of the contract is to be made by the city council, the city clerk shall place a discussion of the bid protest on the next regularly scheduled council meeting agenda and the city council shall determine whether, based on the protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder.

9. Local Business Preference
a) The city shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for nonpublic projects. The city shall evaluate the local businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
642
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 67 b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the city of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidders’ security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract.

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what product is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this BID?

SCOPE OF WORK

11. Scope of Work to be Performed:

- List all technical and general specifications of item(s), product, service, etc…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request bid to include all fees, tax (8%), delivery charges 643
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 68 - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date

BID CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

12. Bid Requirements - All bids must include the following information and shall be organized as described below.

F. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Department, Department Head, Title, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
• Identification of Vendor, including name, address, and telephone number • Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of bid evaluation
• A statement to the effect that the bid shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
• Signed by person authorized to bind the bidder the terms of the proposal.

G. Executive Summary (10 points)
In a brief narrative, describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the Invitation to Bid. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Bidder understands the objective that the bid is intended to meet, the nature of the work and/or product, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined product or scope of work.

H. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Vendor’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes project team members (if applicable). Also include the Vendor’s background and public sector experience in conducting description of work/item.

I. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Vendor’s general approach to managing the project or providing the goods, including specific plans to manage, control, and/or deliver the project in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. Provide a schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. The City’s target date for completion/delivery is xxxx weeks/days from the date the contract is signed; however, a timeline from the Vendor is required. Provide description of all costs, implementation, including 644
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 69 estimated timeframes and deliverables.

J. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a detailed description of the project budget/ product itemized according to Scope of Work.

The Vendor shall present a specific “not to exceed” fixed fee /cost including associated taxes, fees, and charges and be based on achievement of deliverables. Provide itemized budget.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of projects/products of a similar nature including at least three (3) client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons. Preference shall be given to vendors who have provided satisfactory service to public entity clients.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Bids will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the bid may be deemed non-responsive and returned to bidder. Further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation to the City Manager based on the criteria in this bid to award the contract to the lowest qualified responsible bidder. The City Council will make the final determination whether or not to award a contract/agreement. The City may conduct interviews of the top scoring Bidders.

13. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection of the Concessionaire will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories. This information should match the BID content requirements on page 7
riteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 10
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 35
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5
645
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 70 ATTACHMENT 1
SAMPLE

STANDARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT
646
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 71

EXHIBIT I

STANDARD

PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
647
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 72

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202x by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Vendor”).

RECITALS
A. Vendor is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Vendor possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Agreement. Vendor shall provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this agreement and described more fully in the Exhibit A, “Description of Goods/Materials/Products,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (hereinafter the “product(s)”). Exhibit A further sets forth the requirements for delivery of the product(s), including requirements for installation, maintenance, servicing, etc.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The goods/materials/services described in Exhibit A shall be delivered to the City on or before ______________.

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Vendor shall be in accordance with Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Vendor’s compensation exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Vendor shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item set forth in Exhibit A.

4. Expiration and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall expire upon written confirmation from the City that Vendor has delivered product(s) in compliance with the scope set forth in Exhibit A. Such confirmation shall not be unreasonably withheld.
648
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 73 The City may terminate this agreement if Vendor fails to deliver product(s) and comply with the terms of Exhibit A within ten (10) days of the date of delivery set forth in paragraph two (2) herein.

5. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Vendor, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Vendor shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Vendor hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Vendor are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Vendor and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Vendor under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Vendor’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Vendor shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Vendor. Vendor hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

6. Interest of Vendor. Vendor, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of Vendor) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Vendor’s services hereunder.

Vendor further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

7. Professional Ability of Vendor. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Vendor to provide the product(s) hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Vendor shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all tasks related to delivery of the product(s), etc. as set forth in Exhibit A.

8. Compliance with Laws. Vendor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Vendor shall observe and comply with all 649
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 74 applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments.

9. Licenses. Vendor represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Vendor to engage in this Agreement. Vendor represents and warrants to City that Vendor shall, at its sole cost and expense, always keep in effect or obtain during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Vendor.

Vendor shall always maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license during this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

10.Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

11. Indemnity. Vendor hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Vendor’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Vendor agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Vendor’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Vendor’s work under this Agreement, or the Vendor’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Vendor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Vendor, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

12. Warranty. Vendor will provide warranty language.

13. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such 650
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 75 notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to:City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

If to Vendor:

Provide a copy to:

14.Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Vendor. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Vendor under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Vendor shall not subcontract any portion of the Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Vendor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

15.Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

16.Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado 651
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 76 Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

17.Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

18.Prohibited Interests. Vendor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Vendor or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Vendor’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Vendor warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Vendor or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

19.Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

20.Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Vendor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

22. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

23.Authority to Enter Agreement. Vendor has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
652
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 77 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: VENDOR:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date__________________
City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________
City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Description of Goods/Materials/Products
Exhibit B – Compensation
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
653
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 78

EXHIBIT A
Description of Goods/Materials/Products
654
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 79

EXHIBIT B

COMPENSATION
• Provide total itemized costs
• Include all taxes, shipping, handling, fees, and discounts 655
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 80

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Vendor shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Vendor:

Name, Title
By: ________________________________________ Date________________________ 656
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 81

EXHIBIT J

BID REJECTION
LETTER –

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
657
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 82

USE DEPARTMENT- CITY LETTERHEAD
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Thank you for submitting a proposal in response to the subject Request for Proposals (RFP).

An evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the RFP, has completed its review, and scoring of all the proposals we received. The proposal submitted by ______________ received the panel’s highest score. We will be developing a contract for the requested services with that organization. Thank you again for your participation, and for your interest in doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe.

This award is a final decision subject to the successful negotiation of a mutually acceptable contract. A nonselected bidder may protest the award of a contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as nonresponsible. Please see City of South Lake Tahoe Code section 3.45.020 for the full bid protest procedure.

Very truly yours,
658
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 83

EXHIBIT K

BID ACCEPTANCE
LETTER

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
659
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 84 *Use Department City Letterhead
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Congratulations. The evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the subject Request for Proposals (RFP), has completed its review of the proposals received. We are pleased to announce that your proposal received the panel’s highest score.

Enclosed with this letter is an electronic copy of the City’s approved Professional Services Agreement. We respectfully ask you to review the terms and conditions. Any changes should be made with MS Word Track Changes so that our Attorney may review them. We also kindly ask that you provide us a scope of services attachment that includes all services requested in our RFP. When both parties arrive at mutually acceptable terms, we will place the master agreement on the City Council agenda for adoption.

Thank you for your interest in working with the City of South Lake Tahoe. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to reach out to me at __________________.

Very truly yours,
Attachment: Professional Services Agreement/ or Purchase Agreement 660
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 85

EXHIBIT L

INSTRUCTIONS TO

CREATE A STANDARD

PURCHASE ORDER
(PO)
661
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 86 Creating a Purchase Order

1. Login to OneSolution

2. Type POUPPR into the top right search tool and click on “Purchase Requests (POUPPR)

3. Click on “Add”

4. Click on Generate

5. Click on PR_SEED

6. Write down the PR Number

7. If you know the vendor ID then type it in the text box that is located in the Vendor tab. If you don’t know the ID then you can search for it by name. If the vendor is not in our system then you will have to request a W9 from the vendor and send it over to Ben so he setup the new 662
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 87 vendor in our system. If this new vendor is doing any work on one of our properties then a business license is needed. Have Finance contact this new vendor to setup a business license.

8. Type in the Vendor ID in the text box or look it up. Select the vendor and the correct address then click on OK at the top.

9. Click on the Ship to Tab. If you know the ship to ID then type it in the box or you can search for it. To search click on the Lookup button. All city building starts with a S. Filter by PE ID and type 663
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 88 in an “S” and click on “Apply”. Look for the city building that it needs to be shipped to and select the correct person at that address.

10. Under the “Details” tab type in the following
a. Confirming Person – The person requesting this item/service 664
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 89 b. Cust / Order # - Quote or order number if available
c. Bid # - If available
d. Contract # - If available
e. End Use – The department or division requesting this PR f. Buyer – Leave Blank

11. Go to the “Details” tab and type in the current date

12. Skip “Blanket” Tab

13. Click on “Req. Codes” Tab. Make sure the following codes are selected.

14. Skip “Misc.” Tab

15. Click on the “Notes” Tab. In the dropdown there are three choices a. PR Notes – This is for internal notes only
b. Print Before – This will place the note directly on the PO above the first line item. 665
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 90 i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…
c. Print After – This will place the note directly after the last line item. i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…

16. In the “Items” tab. Enter in the Quantity, Account Number, Units, Description, Unit Price. If Tax is NOT required, then scroll to the right and select EX under the “Tax Code” column. After entering the data in each filed press the “Enter” to save the item and two add a second item.

17. Once you are finished adding items. You will have to approve the PR out of your queue. At the top you should have “Pending Approvals” tab; If you don’t, please see below to activate it. Click on that tab and select one of the four choices. When you select one a second window will popup so you can type additional notes for yourself or for the next approver in the queue. 666
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 91

18. If there are multiple approvers you can click on refresh to see who next in line to approve the PR.

Adding Attachments to the PR

1. Click on the “Attachments” tab on the top will allow you add new documents. The “Attachment” tab on the left will show you the current documents attached to the PR.

2. Click on “New Document”. A second window will popup. You will need to add a description and then browse to the location where your attachment is saved. Then click on “Attach.” 667
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 92

3. You will see the document listed on the left side. If the wrong document was attached; just hover you mouse of the attached document and send IT the document ID and request that document to be removed.

Activating the “Pending Approval” tab and “Attachments” Tab

1. Click on the Globe
668
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 93

2. Click on “Settings”

3. Click on “Preferences” tab and select “Enable for “Show Attachments”. Then click on “Apply Settings”
669
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 94

4. Click on “Screens Specific” tab and select “Enable” for “Pending Approvals” Purchase Order Rules

1. All quotes, sole source form, state contracts, etc.… and the approved PO must be attached to the PR.
670
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 1 AugustSeptember 20231

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

GRANT FUNDING AND COMPLIANCE POLICY
The purpose of this document is to establish uniform guidelines for oversight of the City of South Lake Tahoe in the pursuit of grant related revenue. Adherence to the following policies and procedures promote increased efficiencies, transparency, accountability to ethical standards, and a strategic approach to funding opportunities, which enable the City to be competitive in securing grant funding. All City personnel utilizing or seeking Grant funding for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following six sections:

1. General Standards ......................................................................................................... 2-3

2. Grant Application .............................................................................................................3

2.1 Grant Planning and Opportunities .................................................................................3

2.2 Determining Eligibility .............................................................................................. 3-4

2.3 City Council Approval to Apply ....................................................................................4

2.4 Submitting Grant Application .................................................................................... 4-5

3. Grant Acceptance ...............................................................................................................5

3.1 Approval Process ...........................................................................................................5

3.2 City Council Approval to Accept Award.......................................................................5

3.3 Execution of Award ................................................................................................... 5-6

4. Grant Management and Compliance ................................................................................6

4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 6-7

4.2 Grant Procurement .........................................................................................................8

4.3 Compliance Standards ...................................................................................................9

5. Grant Accounting ................................................................................................................9

5.1 Monitoring the Budget .................................................................................................10

5.2 Cash Management ........................................................................................................11

5.3 Reimbursement Requests .............................................................................................11

5.4 Staff Time/ Administration .................................................................................... 11-12

5.5 Internal Controls/Equipment/Capital Expenditures ............................................... 12-13

6. Post Award ........................................................................................................................14

6.1 Close-out ......................................................................................................................14

6.2 Audit ...................................................................................................................... 14-15 Commented [LM1]: New logo
671
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 2 AugustSeptember 20231

1. GENERAL STANDARDS
Grant funding allows the City to supplement local public funds to increase the efficiency and impact of programs, projects, and services provided to the community; therefore, the effect of grant funding and the process that governs it is significant.

Grants are not "free money". A grant is a financial award provided by a federal, state, local government, or other organization to fund specific, beneficial, goals, objectives, and/or legislative initiatives through legal, contractual, and binding grant agreements. Because government grants are funded by tax dollars, they include stringent compliance and reporting measures to ensure the money is well-spent. Careful consideration and analysis should be given prior to applying or accepting these funds.

This policy describes the City’s grant management and administration procedures and intends to do the following:
 Promote the use of best practices
 Promote sound financial management
 Promote efficiency and effectiveness in grant funded projects and programs  Ensures the grant related activity is consistent with City’s strategic priorities  Ensures the integrity of the City’s good standing among granting agencies  Ensures accountability for financial and programmatic elements of grant administration and management
Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Grant Funding and Compliance Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to Grant applications, contracts, expenditures, revenues, and grant compliances are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Conflicts of Interest: An officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City.

Conflicts of interest and the appearance of a conflict of interest can damage the reputation, credibility, and trust of the City. These situations may involve ethical, legal, or other issues and City officials and employees should be diligent in the identification of potential conflicts when working in any capacity with proposed or funded grant activity involving the City. 672
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 3 AugustSeptember 20231 No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the design, conduct, or reporting of a city grant funded project.

It shall be the responsibility of the Grants Project Manager for each particular grant funded project to ensure in the use of project funds, officials or employees of the City and nongovernmental recipients or sub‐recipients shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
 Using his or her official position for private gain
 Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization  Losing complete independence or impartiality
 Making an official decision outside official channels  Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the grant funded program  Or any other Conflict of Interest outlined per the specific grant agency Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in applying, approving, requesting, managing and administering grant funds. Accordingly, the basic standard should prevail to provide prudent stewardship of public funds, the City's resources, and granting agency compliance.

2. GRANT APPLICATION

2.1 GRANT PLANNING AND OPPORTUNITIES
Each respective department within the City may research and identify grant opportunities to facilitate City Council’s strategic goals, objectives, and initiatives as well as department work plans, to provide supplemental or alternative funding sources to public projects, capital expenditures, or operating programs and expenses.

Once grant opportunities are identified, employees are responsible for obtaining approval from their Department Head to pursue review of such funding. Gathering information beforehand will help ensure success in meeting a tight deadline. Coordination with the Principal Management Analyst, serving as Grants Manager is encouraged to facilitate the process. Following are Nnecessary components in pursuit of a competitive grant application are:

1. A list of approved projects/programs meeting the needs of the Department as well as City Council priorities (ex. CIP, Master Plans, EIP, Community Plans etc.).

2. Project/program descriptions, goals and objectives.

3. Project timelines, estimated costs, project budgets.

4. Matching fund contribution and fiscal impacts.

2.2 DETERMING ELIGIBILITY
To determine eligibility for grant funding;

1. Review grant guidelines, specifications, and requirements. 673
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 4 AugustSeptember 20231

2. Coordinate with key personnel for staff and departmental impacts as well as Finance to access fiscal impact.

3. Applications should be evaluated for administrative burden, compliance cost, city match requirements, long term costs, and operation and maintenance costs.

4. In the event the cost to the City exceeds the amount received from the grant, the Department should seek approval from Finance as well as the City Manager to pursue the grant further

5. Department Head shall assign a Project Manager to manage the grant project, program, and department grant compliances.

6. If an outside consultant is hired to assist with grant writing or project management; the Director will assign a staff member responsible for overseeing the consultant contract and ensuring grant compliance.

2.3 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO APPLY
City Council approval to submit an application is required for ALL Grant Applications. A detailed staff report and a resolution (if required) should be brought forth to City Council for Council approval/adoption. The staff report should include the following information:

1. Project and grant details

2. Budget summary

3. Administration requirements and funding source

4. Match requirements

5. Compliance requirements

6. Grantee responsibilities

7. Maintenance and operations requirements

8. Long-term costs including staffing needs after the expiration of the grant Background: should summarize and detail the need for the project or program and which priorities will be met. Provide grant agency information.

Issue and Discussion: should summarize the proposed project or program, including all departmental impacts, goals and objectives and benefits or impacts to the City.

Financial Implications: should detail all fiscal impacts, long-term costs, matching contributions, operation and maintenance costs, budget availability or budget constraints.

In the event the application deadline does not allow the necessary lead time for City Council approval; and prior Council approval is not a requirement of the application; the Department Director should ensure the approval of the City Manager prior to submitting the application, andapplication and will bring the item before council to the next appropriate meeting for ratification.

2.4 SUBMITTING GRANT APPLICATION
Following City Council approval, a completed grant proposal may be submitted by the department overseeing the project or program. The Project Manager and/or Grants Manager will follow the Formatted: Font: Bold
674
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 5 AugustSeptember 20231 grant guidelines, and requirements to review and submit a complete and competitive grant proposal.

Budget Summary: When determining the budget for the grant application all of the project expenses must be included in the application. This includes:

1. Total cost of the project

2. Project management and oversight, staff time, administration

3. Expenses that arise as a result of your project

4. City share of costs where applicable

5. Operation and maintenance, long-term or ongoing costs

3. GRANT ACCEPTANCE

3.1 APPROVAL PROCESS
Upon Grant approval the Department will receive a grant award letter from the funding agency detailing the measures necessary to accept the award. The city should also receive a finalized grant award contract which will become a binding agreement. The grant contract and all compliance measures should be reviewed by the Grants Manager, Project Manager, and the Department Director. Grant Manager reviews the grant contract to ensure ability to maintain compliance, and the Director will ensure the department’s capability to comply with the contract and will make the appropriate recommendation to City Manager and City Council.

3.2 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO ACCEPT AWARD
The final step in the approval process is taking the awarded grant contract and funding acceptance, to Cityto City Council for approval and budget appropriation. Staff report should include:

1. Details of the grant contract, project/program and all compliance required.

2. Must specify Aacceptance of the grant award, as well as the details necessary to appropriateload the grant funding into the City’s Budget. The proposed budget must match the approved budget in the grant award.

3. Anticipated revenues, along with balanced associated expenditures with account numbers must be outlined in detail in the staff report and resolution. (Expenditures cannot exceed revenues).

4. All pertinent documentation should be attached, including the grant award contract.

4. 5. Provide a copy of the signed Council Resolution, and the executed Grant Contract to the Grant Manager to ensure the funds are appropriated into the budget, and begin tracking procedures can begin.

3.3 EXECUTION OF AWARD
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold, Not Italic
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
675
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 6 AugustSeptember 20231 The Grant Contract is fully executed and the funds can be spent when the following steps are complete:

1. Granting Agency signs the grant contract and specifies the dates of the “term of the agreement”

2. Grant Contract has been approved through City Council

3. City’s Authorized Signatory signs the grant contract

4. Grant revenues and expenses have been loaded into the appropriate account within the City’s Budget
Grant funding cannot be spent prior to approvals and a grant award notification is received from the Granting Agency. The Granting Agency typically sends the Department the original, signed, and fully executed, Grant Agreement. The Department will forward the original copy to the City Clerk as well as a copy to the Grant Manager. A copy needs to be kept within the department in a centralized file for future reference.

Authorized Signatory Responsibility: All Grant applications require an Authorized Signatory on behalf of the City. The Authorized Signatory is usually the Mayor, City Manager, or the Department Director. The signature legally binds the City to all terms and conditions within the grant agreement regardless of whether; the city is the main beneficiary of the funding; the city has applied on behalf of another agency for pass through funding; or the city has hired an outside agency to oversee and manage the project.

4. GRANT MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

4.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
The following shall describe responsible parties for activities surrounding the submittal, implementation, maintenance, reporting and other related duties for grant funded projects by or on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe. The full development of a project or program requires the assistance and support from all affected departments.

Financial Services Department
The Principal Management Analyst in Finance will serve as the Grants Manager and is the primary person responsible for providing city-wide coordination and monitoring of grants. This individual is responsible for ensuring the City’s grants management and compliance program is current and effectively fulfills the compliance requirements of the City’s policies and external granting agencies and is available for assistance and guidance for a successful proposal.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Researching grant opportunities and notifying departments of such opportunities.

2. Acting as a liaison between departments and funding agency personnel.

3. Assisting staff, adhering to grant guidelines, policies, and deadlines.

Formatted: Font: Bold
676
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 7 AugustSeptember 20231

4. Assisting departments with City Council agenda items regarding applying for grants, accepting awards, and appropriating the grant budgets and/or reviewing agenda items related to grants prior to submission.

5. Receiving a copy of the grant award and maintaining a grant file; tracking grant activity at all stages of the grant cycle. Maintain master files of “open” and “closed” grants in accordance with retention requirements.

6. Developing and conducting grants administration training and assistance to staff pertaining to grant management and compliance.

7. Ensuring the departments track and report programmatic and financial grant activity in a timely manner in accordance with grant agreement, providing the proper account codes as budgeted.

8. Coordinating with Department Head, Project Manager and Finance personnel to gather all information required to meet grant funding requirements;requirements, including contracts, professional agreementsagreements, and proper invoicing from vendors.

9. Preparing and submitting grant reimbursement requests, financial reports, and final financial reconciliation and closing reports.

10. Monitoring and tracking cash flow and accounts receivable.

11. Preparing Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Award for the Single-Audit requirement.

12. Acts as a liaison between auditors, granting agency, and department personnel.

City Departments
The Department Director is responsible for programmatic and fiscal responsibilities for the designated department. This individual ensures adequate staff and infrastructure are provided for the appropriate performance of grant award management and provides oversight of staff identified as key personnel on grant awards.

Department Director is responsible for:

1. Ensuring adequate management of programmatic and fiscal aspects of the grant awards.

2. Assigning staff to adequately manage the grant awards.

3. Managing general departmental-level support activities related to grants management.

4. Approving submittals and proposed programmatic and fiscal changes to the grant.

5. Reviewing budget amendment requests if they affect commitments by the department.

6. Ensuring cost sharing dollars are available and the budget is adequate relative to the project scope and its justification is appropriate.

The Department Project Manager is the primary person responsible for the programmatic activities on a project/grant. Although some tasks may be delegated, the Project Manager is the chief accountable person and bears responsibility for the overall administrative and fiscal conduct of the grant project, award for meeting the terms and conditions of the grant award, and for representing the project to the granting agency.

The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Preparing the grant proposal, with an emphasis on the technical details, scope of work and budgetary components; coordinate with Grants Manager for fiscal impact and assistance.

2. Forwarding all grant agreements and documentation to the Grants Manager for review prior to execution by the proper City officials; prepare City Council agenda items, staff reports, 677
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 8 AugustSeptember 20231 resolution, (if required), and requesting that budget be established and approved prior to incurring expenditures. being made

3. Modify and monitor the project budget, scope of work, and ensuring the appropriate charging of expenditures to the project in compliance with grant award.

4. Appropriately managing the programmatic aspects of the project, monitoring expenditures to ensure grant funds are spent in accordance with the approved budget.

5. Approving all grant expenditures and payment request, utilizing appropriate account numbers and ensuring budget. Submit to Department Director for approval.

6. Working with the Grants Manager to ensure the completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of programmatic and financial reports submitted to the granting agency.

7. Prepares project reporting, progress reports, final reports, monitoring reports.

8. Ensures Finance Department receives copies of pertinent information, documentation, reports or correspondence with the granting agency.

9. Ensuring contractors, subcontractors, consultants have complied with the appropriate work in a timely manner and in accordance with technical, financial, and other requirements of the award, as well as reviewing their invoices for accuracy and grant compliance.

10. Adhering to the terms of the grant agreement and policies and notifying the Grants Manager if changes are needed.

11. Follows State, Federal and City procurement and contract policies in the utilization of grant funding.

12. Complying with Single Audit Act requirements; providing documentation for audit requests; and adhering to audit recommendations.

4.2 GRANT PROCUREMENT
The purchase of goods, materials, supplies, equipment, services, and non-public contracts must follow the City Procurement Policies and Procedures as well as the City’s Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) adopted by City Council. Public Contracts and Public Projects must adhere to Public Contracts and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act as adopted by City Council (SLTCC § 3.45 Article II).

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.318 through §200.326. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, and/or contractors, providing services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save a copy of verification and submit it to Finance or contact Grant 678
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 9 AugustSeptember 20231 Manager to obtain a copy. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to Purchasing Policy for boiler plate “Suspension and Debarment” language).

4.3 COMPLIANCE STANDARDS
The City “shall at all time exercise responsibility over the implementation of the project” and is held liable for all provisions set forth in the agreement, as quoted from a current grant contract.

Therefore, it is imperative that all departments involved, as well as the Authorized Signatory, fully understand the conditions of the grant agreement and follow the compliance measures put into place. This will further ensure the integrity of the City’s commitment to the Grantor, help maintain audit compliance, and avoid grant fraud speculation.

Non- compliance; non-compliance findings can result in loss of final retention reimbursement, terminating the grant agreement, repayment of funds, suspension or debarment from receiving future grants, and/or implementation of grant special conditions.

Evidence that an organization has grossly misused funds or committed fraudulent activity, can result in civil actions against the City and/or City Officials and Personnel to include:

1. Recovery of funds up to triple damages

2. Criminal remedies including arrest

3. Prison sentences

4. Seizure of assets

5. Monetary fines.

Falsification of Documentation- Submitting fraudulent receipts, falsifying an application, or report will result in disciplinary action and may lead to termination of employment and/or criminal action.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny request of reimbursement for expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances must be approved by the City Manager and the granting agency, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements.

5. GRANT ACCOUNTING
After award acceptance, the Grant Manager will maintain documentation and begin proper tracking and monitoring of the new grant. The Project Manager will monitor and manage the consultant and/or contractor contracts, and track the project budget.

1. Before initiating a contract, purchase order, agreement with a service provider, professional services agreement, or other expense; review the Grant Agreement for terms and conditions.
679
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 10 AugustSeptember 20231

2. Compliance must be maintained with City policy, the Grant Award, and State and/or Federal Policies. Follow the most stringent procedures to ensure all compliances are being met.

3. Before entering into agreements with vendors or contractors, verify that the provider or business has a valid City Business License.

4. Staff and/or contractors, consultants or service providers utilizing grant funding must disclose all relevant conflict of interest or criminal violations in writing to the appropriate granting agency and follow the guidelines as outlined in the City Council adopted resolution #2016-69.

5. Grant expenditures must be expensed as detailed in the grant application, grant contract and as approved in the City Annual Budget.

6. Consultant/contractor/vendor invoices must be thoroughly reviewed by Project manager for compliance with City and Grant Procurement, Federal compliances and Public Contract Code prior to authorization for payment.

7. If conditions of the Grant Contract are not met; the Grantor is under no obligation to disburse funds or reimbursement.

8. ALL Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must follow the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (2 CFR Chapter 1, Chapter 2, Part 200). These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

5.1 MONITORING THE BUDGET
Funds must be spent in the manner approved by the Granting Agency and City Council. The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring the project budget and city staff time budget.

2. Monitoring sub-contractors, sub-recipients, service providers.

3. Monitoring budgets for contractors, consultants, and professional service agreements.

4. Reviewing invoices for payment; specifying appropriate account numbers.

5. Timely submittal of invoices for payment ensuring adequate cash management.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring expenses after payment to ensure compliance between the grant budget and the City’s budget.

2. Preparing and submitting grant payment requests, managing receivables, and cash flow.

3. Preparing and/or reviewing Staff time, administration, and activity delivery.

4. Tracking expenses and revenues in accordance with Grant Contract..

5. Providing direct communication with granting agencies and city departments.

Adjustment between budgeted line items to the approved grant budget; must be approved by the Granting Agency in the manner stated in the Grant Agreement. Concurrently, the Department Director should request a budget adjustment via e-mail to the Finance Department. 680
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 11 AugustSeptember 20231 Adding additional budget to an approved grant or reducing budget or scope via a Grant Amendment must follow procedures and request council approval accepting the additional funding and loading the budget or reducing the budget and accept reducing the scope of the project.

5.2 CASH MANAGMENT
To minimize time lapsing between outlay of city funds and receipt of grant funds, timely review, approval, and submittal of vendor invoices and grant reimbursement requests is imperative.

1. Invoices and receipts must be paidpaid, withand a check cut to the vendor prior to requesting reimbursement; therefore timely submittal of invoices is required.

2. All work performed and items purchased within a fiscal year; must be paid within the fiscal year the work was performed (This is an audit requirement)

3. Provide a brief explanation/justification on the delay of pay requests for invoices submitted for payment 45 days or more beyond the date of the invoice; this will help provide information to auditor, or Grantor

4. When submitting invoices (over $250,000) for payment, notify Accounts Payable and Grants Manager to manage bank balance cash flow and expedite grant reimbursement

5.3 REIMBURSEMENT REQUESTS
Most grant reimbursements aremust be submitted in arrears. The city must first expend the funds; pay the invoice and request reimbursement after payment has been finalized. Grant reimbursements will be requested in the manner set forth in the grant agreement and as frequent as permitted when expenditures dictate.
 Grants Manager will be responsible for preparing the reimbursement request, or reviewing the request before submitting to the Granting Agency.  Invoices must be paid in a timely manner and distributed in the General Ledger prior to reimbursement requests.
 Once the billing is complete, it will submitted to the Authorized Signatory for review and approval.
 This review enables an examination of expenditures, proper account numbers, staff time accuracy, and project deliverables.
 After the billing is signed, the Grants Manager will submit as required in the Grant Agreement.
 The revenue is entered into accounts receivable and tracked by the Grants Manager to ensure receipt.

5.4 STAFF TIME/ ADMINISTRATION
Follow grant guidelines in determining eligibility of charging staff time to the grant or using staff time as the City’s match or cost share. Employee rates provided should be directly from employee Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
681
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 12 AugustSeptember 20231 payroll at current actual hourly rates and remain in effect until such changes are submitted through a “change of status” to Human Resources, or a change to the employee “MOU” within the city.  Grant timesheets (provided by Finance, Grant Manager) must be used when charging staff time to a grant.
 The Grant timesheet must represent the actual hours worked in a pay period and account for the grant hours within that pay period.
 Department Head and employee must approve the grant timesheets at the end of the pay period and submit the timesheets to the Grant Manager.  Grant Manager will calculate the staff time directly from the pay period payroll documentation.
 Compensation for personnel services on federal grants must be based on payroll documented through standard City policy and procedures. The consequences of noncompliance with employee time and effort certification may be the disallowance of such charges to the grant.
 Federal grants require accounting for 100% of one’s time even if all of one’s time is not allocated to the grant project (2 CFR 200.430).
 Wages of employees used in meeting cost sharing or matching requirements of federal awards must be supported in the same manner as those claimed as allowable costs under federal awards.

5.5 INTERNAL CONTROLS
Expenditures
When an invoice is received for a grant funded project, the workflow for payment shall be as follows:

1. Reviewed by Project Manager and back-up documentation verified

2. Approved by Department Head or Authorized Signatory per Procurement Policy

3. Submitted to Accounts Payable for entry and procurement documentation verified

4. Vendor checks are printed by Revenue Accountant, posting payment to the General Ledger (GL)

5. GL detail is reviewed by Grants Manager for grant reimbursement preparation

6. Grant Manager prepares reimbursement request according to grant budget and agreement terms, as well as information provided from Project Manager below.

To assure the invoice gets paid from the proper grant and project; the Project Manager shall:

1. Determine available budget within vendor contract as well as city financial system

2. Specify the grant name, agency, and grant number on the pay request or invoice

3. Specify whether the invoice is 100% reimbursable or what portion is reimbursable through which revenue sources assigned to project

4. Specify the amount and revenue source when splitting an invoice between multiple grants or revenue sources
682
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 13 AugustSeptember 20231

5. Be specific when paying an invoice between multiple account numbers

6. Make a notation of the account number, name and grant number on the receipt of an expense being paid with a City Cal Card or petty cash
Equipment and other Capital Expenditures
Equipment (Capital Expenditures) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
 Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
 A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.  Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated.  Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
 If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return. See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

Revenues
When a Reimbursement Request is submitted it is:

1. Prepared by Grants Manager after verifying account numbers, budgets, proper grant documentation, matching documentation and back up
683
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 14 AugustSeptember 20231

2. Approved and signed by Authorized Signatory per grant Agreement

3. Submitted and entered into Accounts receivable by Grants Manager

4. Funds are received and deposited by Revenue Supervisor

5. Deposit is reviewed and reconciled into the GL System by Revenue Accountant

6. POST AWARD

6.1 CLOSEOUT
After completion of all required performance period activities, the Administering Department and Finance shall perform grant closeout tasks in accordance with Federal CFR §200.343, or corresponding State regulations, and/or contractual requirements.

1. The Project Manager is responsible for final performance reports and programmatic reporting required by the terms and conditions of the award and shall provide copies to the Grants Manager in Finance

2. The Grants Manager is responsible for final financial reports and final reimbursement as required by the terms and conditions of the award

3. The Project Manager and Grant Manager are responsible for collecting and maintaining all appropriate back up documentation for performance, financial, and final reports

4. The Administering Department and Finance shall ensure that all financial activities are recorded, that revenues balance to expenditures, and that revenues and expenditures balance to budget figures

5. The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records retention follows the compliance in the grant award or at a minimum is held 5 years after final close date of award.

6.2 AUDIT
All Granting Agencies reserve the right to call for a program audit or a financial audit at any time between execution of the agreement and the completion or termination of the project.

All non-Federal entities that expend $750,000 or more of Federal awards in a year are required to obtain an annual audit in accordance with the Single Audit Act Amendments of 1996, OMB Circular A-133, the OMB Circular Compliance Supplement and Government Auditing Standards.

A single audit is intended to provide a cost-effective audit for non-Federal entities in that one audit is conducted in lieu of multiple audits of individual programs. The City exceeds the $750,000 threshold and is subject to this required Audit annually.

Federal Single Audit Act and annual reporting requirements are contained in 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F (200.5 Compliance and Audit Requirements.) It is important that all grant activity and any changes to the grant are well documented to facilitate any audit. Audit findings made during the audit are provided to the grantor, which could prompt an audit by the grantor. 684
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 15 AugustSeptember 20231 The following activities are the fourteen types of compliance requirements considered in every audit conducted under 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F, and many are described throughout this policy:

1. Activities: Allowed or Unallowable

2. Allowable Costs/Cost Principles

3. Cash Management

4. Compliance with Terms & Conditions (e.g. Davis-Bacon Act)

5. Eligibility

6. Equipment and Real Property Management

7. Matching, Level of Effort, Earmarking

8. Period of Availability of Federal Funds

9. Procurement, Suspension and Debarment

10. Program Income

11. Real Property Acquisition and Relocation Assistance

12. Reporting

13. Subrecipient Monitoring

14. Special Tests and Provisions
The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records are maintained in accordance with applicable City policy, State law, and Federal regulations and maintain compliance with Federal Code 2 CFR Part 200.
 Project Manager is responsible to provide all programmatic and procurement documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor  Grant Manager is responsible to provide all fiscal documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor
Complete and proper documentation is instrumental to a smooth and successful audit; which reflects positively on the City, and in turn increases the chance for future successful grant applications.
685
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 1 September 2023

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

GRANT FUNDING AND COMPLIANCE POLICY
The purpose of this document is to establish uniform guidelines for oversight of the City of South Lake Tahoe in the pursuit of grant related revenue. Adherence to the following policies and procedures promote increased efficiencies, transparency, accountability to ethical standards, and a strategic approach to funding opportunities, which enable the City to be competitive in securing grant funding. All City personnel utilizing or seeking Grant funding for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following six sections:

1. General Standards ......................................................................................................... 2-3

2. Grant Application .............................................................................................................3

2.1 Grant Planning and Opportunities .................................................................................3

2.2 Determining Eligibility .............................................................................................. 3-4

2.3 City Council Approval to Apply ....................................................................................4

2.4 Submitting Grant Application .................................................................................... 4-5

3. Grant Acceptance...............................................................................................................5

3.1 Approval Process ...........................................................................................................5

3.2 City Council Approval to Accept Award.......................................................................5

3.3 Execution of Award ................................................................................................... 5-6

4. Grant Management and Compliance ................................................................................6

4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 6-7

4.2 Grant Procurement .........................................................................................................8

4.3 Compliance Standards ...................................................................................................9

5. Grant Accounting ................................................................................................................9

5.1 Monitoring the Budget .................................................................................................10

5.2 Cash Management ........................................................................................................11

5.3 Reimbursement Requests .............................................................................................11

5.4 Staff Time/ Administration .................................................................................... 11-12

5.5 Internal Controls/Equipment/Capital Expenditures ............................................... 12-13

6. Post Award ........................................................................................................................14

6.1 Close-out ......................................................................................................................14

6.2 Audit ...................................................................................................................... 14-15 686
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 2 September 2023

1. GENERAL STANDARDS
Grant funding allows the City to supplement local public funds to increase the efficiency and impact of programs, projects, and services provided to the community; therefore, the effect of grant funding and the process that governs it is significant.

Grants are not "free money". A grant is a financial award provided by a federal, state, local government, or other organization to fund specific, beneficial, goals, objectives, and/or legislative initiatives through legal, contractual, and binding grant agreements. Because government grants are funded by tax dollars, they include stringent compliance and reporting measures to ensure the money is well-spent. Careful consideration and analysis should be given prior to applying or accepting these funds.

This policy describes the City’s grant management and administration procedures and intends to do the following:
• Promote the use of best practices
• Promote sound financial management
• Promote efficiency and effectiveness in grant funded projects and programs • Ensures the grant related activity is consistent with City’s strategic priorities • Ensures the integrity of the City’s good standing among granting agencies • Ensures accountability for financial and programmatic elements of grant administration and management
Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Grant Funding and Compliance Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to Grant applications, contracts, expenditures, revenues, and grant compliances are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Conflicts of Interest: An officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City.

Conflicts of interest and the appearance of a conflict of interest can damage the reputation, credibility, and trust of the City. These situations may involve ethical, legal, or other issues and City officials and employees should be diligent in the identification of potential conflicts when working in any capacity with proposed or funded grant activity involving the City. 687
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 3 September 2023 No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the design, conduct, or reporting of a city grant funded project.

It shall be the responsibility of the Grants Project Manager for each grant funded project to ensure in the use of project funds, officials or employees of the City and nongovernmental recipients or sub‐recipients shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
• Using his or her official position for private gain
• Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization • Losing complete independence or impartiality
• Making an official decision outside official channels • Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the grant funded program • Or any other Conflict of Interest outlined per the specific grant agency Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in applying, approving, requesting, managing and administering grant funds. Accordingly, the basic standard should prevail to provide prudent stewardship of public funds, the City's resources, and granting agency compliance.

2. GRANT APPLICATION

2.1 GRANT PLANNING AND OPPORTUNITIES
Each respective department within the City may research and identify grant opportunities to facilitate City Council’s strategic goals, objectives, and initiatives as well as department work plans, to provide supplemental or alternative funding sources to public projects, capital expenditures, or operating programs and expenses.

Once grant opportunities are identified, employees are responsible for obtaining approval from their Department Head to pursue review of such funding. Gathering information beforehand will help ensure success in meeting a tight deadline. Coordination with the Principal Management Analyst, serving as Grants Manager is encouraged to facilitate the process. Necessary components in pursuit of a competitive grant application are:

1. A list of approved projects/programs meeting the needs of the Department as well as City Council priorities (ex. CIP, Master Plans, EIP, Community Plans etc.).

2. Project/program descriptions, goals and objectives.

3. Project timelines, estimated costs, project budgets.

4. Matching fund contribution and fiscal impacts.

2.2 DETERMING ELIGIBILITY
To determine eligibility for grant funding;

1. Review grant guidelines, specifications, and requirements 688
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 4 September 2023

2. Coordinate with key personnel for staff and departmental impacts as well as Finance to access fiscal impact

3. Applications should be evaluated for administrative burden, compliance cost, city match requirements, long term costs, and operation and maintenance costs

4. In the event the cost to the City exceeds the amount received from the grant, the Department should seek approval from Finance as well as the City Manager to pursue the grant further

5. Department Head shall assign a Project Manager to manage the grant project, program, and department grant compliances

6. If an outside consultant is hired to assist with grant writing or project management; the Director will assign a staff member responsible for overseeing the consultant contract and ensuring grant compliance

2.3 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO APPLY
City Council approval to submit an application is required for ALL Grant Applications. A detailed staff report and a resolution (if required) should be brought forth to City Council for Council approval/adoption. The staff report should include the following information:

1. Project and grant details

2. Budget summary

3. Administration requirements and funding source

4. Match requirements

5. Compliance requirements

6. Grantee responsibilities

7. Maintenance and operations requirements

8. Long-term costs including staffing needs after the expiration of the grant Background: should summarize and detail the need for the project or program and which priorities will be met. Provide grant agency information.

Issue and Discussion: should summarize the proposed project or program, including all departmental impacts, goals and objectives and benefits or impacts to the City.

Financial Implications: should detail all fiscal impacts, long-term costs, matching contributions, operation and maintenance costs, budget availability or budget constraints.

In the event the application deadline does not allow the necessary lead time for City Council approval; and prior Council approval is not a requirement of the application; the Department Director should ensure the approval of the City Manager prior to submitting the application and will bring the item before council to the next appropriate meeting for ratification.

2.4 SUBMITTING GRANT APPLICATION
Following City Council approval, a completed grant proposal may be submitted by the department overseeing the project or program. The Project Manager and/or Grants Manager will follow the 689
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 5 September 2023 grant guidelines, and requirements to review and submit a complete and competitive grant proposal.

Budget Summary: When determining the budget for the grant application all of the project expenses must be included in the application. This includes:

1. Total cost of the project

2. Project management and oversight, staff time, administration

3. Expenses that arise as a result of your project

4. City share of costs where applicable

5. Operation and maintenance, long-term or ongoing costs

3. GRANT ACCEPTANCE

3.1 APPROVAL PROCESS
Upon Grant approval the Department will receive a grant award letter from the funding agency detailing the measures necessary to accept the award. The city should also receive a finalized grant award contract which will become a binding agreement. The grant contract and all compliance measures should be reviewed by the Grants Manager, Project Manager, and the Department Director. Grant Manager reviews the grant contract to ensure ability to maintain compliance, and the Director will ensure the department’s capability to comply with the contract and will make the appropriate recommendation to City Manager and City Council.

3.2 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO ACCEPT AWARD
The final step in the approval process is taking the awarded grant contract and funding acceptance, to City Council for approval and budget appropriation. Staff report should include:

1. Details of the grant contract, project/program and all compliance required.

2. Acceptance of the grant award, as well as the details necessary to appropriate the grant funding into the City’s Budget. The appropriated budget must match the approved budget in the grant award.

3. Anticipated revenues, along with balanced associated expenditures with account numbers must be outlined in detail in the staff report and resolution. (Expenditures cannot exceed revenues).

4. All pertinent documentation should be attached, including the grant award contract.

Provide a copy of the signed Council Resolution, and the executed Grant Contract to the Grant Manager to ensure the funds are appropriated into the budget, and tracking procedures can begin.

3.3 EXECUTION OF AWARD
The Grant Contract is fully executed and the funds can be spent when the following steps are complete:
690
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 6 September 2023

1. Granting Agency signs the grant contract and specifies the dates of the “term of the agreement”

2. Grant Contract has been approved through City Council

3. City’s Authorized Signatory signs the grant contract

4. Grant revenues and expenses have been loaded into the appropriate account within the City’s Budget
Grant funding cannot be spent prior to approvals and a grant award notification is received from the Granting Agency. The Granting Agency typically sends the Department the original, signed, and fully executed, Grant Agreement. The Department will forward the original copy to the City Clerk as well as a copy to the Grant Manager. A copy needs to be kept within the department in a centralized file for future reference.

Authorized Signatory Responsibility: All Grant applications require an Authorized Signatory on behalf of the City. The Authorized Signatory is usually the Mayor, City Manager, or the Department Director. The signature legally binds the City to all terms and conditions within the grant agreement regardless of whether; the city is the main beneficiary of the funding; the city has applied on behalf of another agency for pass through funding; or the city has hired an outside agency to oversee and manage the project.

4. GRANT MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

4.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
The following shall describe responsible parties for activities surrounding the submittal, implementation, maintenance, reporting and other related duties for grant funded projects by or on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe. The full development of a project or program requires the assistance and support from all affected departments.

Financial Services Department
The Principal Management Analyst in Finance will serve as the Grants Manager and is the primary person responsible for providing city‐wide coordination and monitoring of grants. This individual is responsible for ensuring the City’s grants management and compliance program is current and effectively fulfills the compliance requirements of the City’s policies and external granting agencies and is available for assistance and guidance for a successful proposal.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Researching grant opportunities and notifying departments of such opportunities.

2. Acting as a liaison between departments and funding agency personnel.

3. Assisting staff, adhering to grant guidelines, policies, and deadlines.

4. Assisting departments with City Council agenda items regarding applying for grants, accepting awards, and appropriating the grant budgets and/or reviewing agenda items related to grants prior to submission.
691
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 7 September 2023

5. Receiving a copy of the grant award and maintaining a grant file; tracking grant activity at all stages of the grant cycle. Maintain master files of “open” and “closed” grants in accordance with retention requirements.

6. Developing and conducting grants administration training and assistance to staff pertaining to grant management and compliance.

7. Ensuring the departments track and report programmatic and financial grant activity in a timely manner in accordance with grant agreement, providing the proper account codes as budgeted.

8. Coordinating with Department Head, Project Manager and Finance personnel to gather all information required to meet grant funding requirements, including contracts, professional agreements, and proper invoicing from vendors.

9. Preparing and submitting grant reimbursement requests, financial reports, and final financial reconciliation and closing reports.

10. Monitoring and tracking cash flow and accounts receivable.

11. Preparing Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Award for the Single-Audit requirement.

12. Acts as a liaison between auditors, granting agency, and department personnel.

City Departments
The Department Director is responsible for programmatic and fiscal responsibilities for the designated department. This individual ensures adequate staff and infrastructure are provided for the appropriate performance of grant award management and provides oversight of staff identified as key personnel on grant awards.

Department Director is responsible for:

1. Ensuring adequate management of programmatic and fiscal aspects of the grant awards.

2. Assigning staff to adequately manage the grant awards.

3. Managing general departmental-level support activities related to grants management.

4. Approving submittals and proposed programmatic and fiscal changes to the grant.

5. Reviewing budget amendment requests if they affect commitments by the department.

6. Ensuring cost sharing dollars are available and the budget is adequate relative to the project scope and its justification is appropriate.

The Department Project Manager is the primary person responsible for the programmatic activities on a project/grant. Although some tasks may be delegated, the Project Manager is the chief accountable person and bears responsibility for the overall administrative and fiscal conduct of the grant project, for meeting the terms and conditions of the grant award, and for representing the project to the granting agency.

The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Preparing the grant proposal, with an emphasis on the technical details, scope of work and budgetary components; coordinate with Grants Manager for fiscal impact and assistance.

2. Forwarding all grant agreements and documentation to the Grants Manager for review prior to execution by the proper City officials; prepare City Council agenda items, staff reports, resolution, and requesting budget be established and approved prior to incurring expenditures.

3. Modify and monitor the project budget, scope of work, and ensuring the appropriate charging of expenditures to the project in compliance with grant award. 692
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 8 September 2023

4. Appropriately managing the programmatic aspects of the project, monitoring expenditures to ensure grant funds are spent in accordance with the approved budget.

5. Approving all grant expenditures and payment request, utilizing appropriate account numbers and ensuring budget. Submit to Department Director for approval.

6. Working with the Grants Manager to ensure the completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of programmatic and financial reports submitted to the granting agency.

7. Prepares project reporting, progress reports, final reports, monitoring reports.

8. Ensures Finance Department receives copies of pertinent information, documentation, reports or correspondence with the granting agency.

9. Ensuring contractors, subcontractors, consultants have complied with the appropriate work in a timely manner and in accordance with technical, financial, and other requirements of the award, as well as reviewing their invoices for accuracy and grant compliance.

10. Adhering to the terms of the grant agreement and policies and notifying the Grants Manager if changes are needed.

11. Follows State, Federal and City procurement, and contract policies in the utilization of grant funding.

12. Complying with Single Audit Act requirements; providing documentation for audit requests; and adhering to audit recommendations.

4.2 GRANT PROCUREMENT
The purchase of goods, materials, supplies, equipment, services, and non-public contracts must follow the City Procurement Policies and Procedures as well as the City’s Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) adopted by City Council. Public Contracts and Public Projects must adhere to Public Contracts and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act as adopted by City Council (SLTCC § 3.45 Article II).

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.318 through §200.326. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, and/or contractors, providing services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save a copy of verification and submit it to Finance or contact Grant Manager to obtain a copy. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to Purchasing Policy for boiler plate “Suspension and Debarment” language).
693
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 9 September 2023

4.3 COMPLIANCE STANDARDS
The City “shall at all time exercise responsibility over the implementation of the project” and is held liable for all provisions set forth in the agreement, as quoted from a current grant contract.

Therefore, it is imperative that all departments involved, as well as the Authorized Signatory, fully understand the conditions of the grant agreement and follow the compliance measures put into place. This will further ensure the integrity of the City’s commitment to the Grantor, help maintain audit compliance, and avoid grant fraud speculation.

Non- compliance; non-compliance findings can result in loss of final retention reimbursement, terminating the grant agreement, repayment of funds, suspension or debarment from receiving future grants, and/or implementation of grant special conditions.

Evidence that an organization has grossly misused funds or committed fraudulent activity, can result in civil actions against the City and/or City Officials and Personnel to include:

1. Recovery of funds up to triple damages

2. Criminal remedies including arrest

3. Prison sentences

4. Seizure of assets

5. Monetary fines.

Falsification of Documentation- Submitting fraudulent receipts, falsifying an application, or report will result in disciplinary action and may lead to termination of employment and/or criminal action.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny request of reimbursement for expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances must be approved by the City Manager and the granting agency, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements.

5. GRANT ACCOUNTING
After award acceptance, the Grant Manager will maintain documentation and begin proper tracking and monitoring of the new grant. The Project Manager will monitor and manage the consultant and/or contractor contracts, and track the project budget.

1. Before initiating a contract, purchase order, agreement with a service provider, professional services agreement, or other expense; review the Grant Agreement for terms and conditions.

2. Compliance must be maintained with City policy, the Grant Award, and State and/or Federal Policies. Follow the most stringent procedures to ensure all compliances are being met.

3. Before entering into agreements with vendors or contractors, verify that the provider or business has a valid City Business License.
694
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 10 September 2023

4. Staff and/or contractors, consultants or service providers utilizing grant funding must disclose all relevant conflict of interest or criminal violations in writing to the appropriate granting agency and follow the guidelines as outlined in the City Council adopted resolution #2016-69.

5. Grant expenditures must be expensed as detailed in the grant application, grant contract and as approved in the City Annual Budget.

6. Consultant/contractor/vendor invoices must be thoroughly reviewed by Project manager for compliance with City and Grant Procurement, Federal compliances and Public Contract Code prior to authorization for payment.

7. If conditions of the Grant Contract are not met; the Grantor is under no obligation to disburse funds or reimbursement.

8. ALL Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must follow the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (2 CFR Chapter 1, Chapter 2, Part 200). These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

5.1 MONITORING THE BUDGET
Funds must be spent in the manner approved by the Granting Agency and City Council. The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring the project budget and city staff time budget.

2. Monitoring sub-contractors, sub-recipients, service providers.

3. Monitoring budgets for contractors, consultants, and professional service agreements.

4. Reviewing invoices for payment; specifying appropriate account numbers.

5. Timely submittal of invoices for payment ensuring adequate cash management.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring expenses after payment to ensure compliance between the grant budget and the City’s budget.

2. Preparing and submitting grant payment requests, managing receivables, and cash flow.

3. Preparing and/or reviewing Staff time, administration, and activity delivery.

4. Tracking expenses and revenues in accordance with Grant Contract.

5. Providing direct communication with granting agencies and city departments.

Adjustment between budgeted line items to the approved grant budget; must be approved by the Granting Agency in the manner stated in the Grant Agreement. Concurrently, the Department Director should request a budget adjustment via e-mail to the Finance Department.

Adding additional budget to an approved grant or reducing budget or scope via a Grant Amendment must follow procedures and request council approval accepting the additional funding and loading the budget or reducing the budget and accept reducing the scope of the project.
695
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 11 September 2023

5.2 CASH MANAGMENT
To minimize time lapsing between outlay of city funds and receipt of grant funds, timely review, approval, and submittal of vendor invoices and grant reimbursement requests is imperative.

1. Invoices and receipts must be paid, with a check cut to the vendor prior to requesting reimbursement; therefore timely submittal of invoices is required.

2. All work performed and items purchased within a fiscal year; must be paid within the fiscal year the work was performed (This is an audit requirement).

3. Provide a brief explanation/justification on the delay of pay requests for invoices submitted for payment 45 days or more beyond the date of the invoice; this will help provide information to auditor, or Grantor.

4. When submitting invoices (over $250,000) for payment, notify Accounts Payable and Grants Manager to manage bank balance cash flow and expedite grant reimbursement.

5.3 REIMBURSEMENT REQUESTS
Most grant reimbursements are submitted in arrears. The city must first expend the funds; pay the invoice and request reimbursement after payment has been finalized. Grant reimbursements will be requested in the manner set forth in the grant agreement and as frequent as permitted when expenditures dictate.
• Grants Manager will be responsible for preparing the reimbursement request, or reviewing the request before submitting to the Granting Agency. • Invoices must be paid in a timely manner and distributed in the General Ledger prior to reimbursement requests.
• Once the billing is complete, it will submitted to the Authorized Signatory for review and approval.
• This review enables an examination of expenditures, proper account numbers, staff time accuracy, and project deliverables.
• After the billing is signed, the Grants Manager will submit as required in the Grant Agreement.
• The revenue is entered into accounts receivable and tracked by the Grants Manager to ensure receipt.

5.4 STAFF TIME/ ADMINISTRATION
Follow grant guidelines in determining eligibility of charging staff time to the grant or using staff time as the City’s match or cost share. Employee rates provided should be directly from employee payroll at current actual hourly rates and remain in effect until such changes are submitted through a “change of status” to Human Resources, or a change to the employee “MOU” within the city. • Grant timesheets (provided by Finance, Grant Manager) must be used when charging staff time to a grant.
• The Grant timesheet must represent the actual hours worked in a pay period and account for the grant hours within that pay period.
696
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 12 September 2023 • Department Head and employee must approve the grant timesheets at the end of the pay period and submit the timesheets to the Grant Manager. • Grant Manager will calculate the staff time directly from the pay period payroll documentation.
• Compensation for personnel services on federal grants must be based on payroll documented through standard City policy and procedures. The consequences of noncompliance with employee time and effort certification may be the disallowance of such charges to the grant.
• Federal grants require accounting for 100% of one’s time even if all of one’s time is not allocated to the grant project (2 CFR 200.430).
• Wages of employees used in meeting cost sharing or matching requirements of federal awards must be supported in the same manner as those claimed as allowable costs under federal awards.

5.5 INTERNAL CONTROLS
Expenditures
When an invoice is received for a grant funded project, the workflow for payment shall be as follows:

1. Reviewed by Project Manager and back-up documentation verified

2. Approved by Department Head or Authorized Signatory per Procurement Policy

3. Submitted to Accounts Payable for entry and procurement documentation verified

4. Vendor checks are printed by Revenue Accountant, posting payment to the General Ledger

5. GL detail is reviewed by Grants Manager for grant reimbursement preparation

6. Grant Manager prepares reimbursement request according to grant budget and agreement terms, as well as information provided from Project Manager below To assure the invoice gets paid from the proper grant and project; the Project Manager shall:

1. Determine available budget within vendor contract as well as city financial system

2. Specify the grant name, agency, and grant number on the pay request or invoice

3. Specify whether the invoice is 100% reimbursable or what portion is reimbursable through which revenue sources assigned to project

4. Specify the amount and revenue source when splitting an invoice between multiple grants or revenue sources

5. Be specific when paying an invoice between multiple account numbers

6. Make a notation of the account number, name and grant number on the receipt of an expense being paid with a City Cal Card or petty cash
697
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 13 September 2023 Equipment and other Capital Expenditures
Equipment (Capital Expenditures) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
• Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
• A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years. • Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated. • Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
• If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return. See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

Revenues
When a Reimbursement Request is submitted it is:

1. Prepared by Grants Manager after verifying account numbers, budgets, proper grant documentation, matching documentation and back up

2. Approved and signed by Authorized Signatory per grant Agreement

3. Submitted and entered into Accounts receivable by Grants Manager

4. Funds are received and deposited by Revenue Supervisor

5. Deposit is reviewed and reconciled into the GL System by Revenue Accountant 698
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 14 September 2023

6. POST AWARD

6.1 CLOSEOUT
After completion of all required performance period activities, the Administering Department and Finance shall perform grant closeout tasks in accordance with Federal CFR §200.343, or corresponding State regulations, and/or contractual requirements.

1. The Project Manager is responsible for final performance reports and programmatic reporting required by the terms and conditions of the award and shall provide copies to the Grants Manager in Finance

2. The Grants Manager is responsible for final financial reports and final reimbursement as required by the terms and conditions of the award

3. The Project Manager and Grant Manager are responsible for collecting and maintaining all appropriate back up documentation for performance, financial, and final reports

4. The Administering Department and Finance shall ensure that all financial activities are recorded, that revenues balance to expenditures, and that revenues and expenditures balance to budget figures

5. The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records retention follows the compliance in the grant award or at a minimum is held 5 years after final close date of award.

6.2 AUDIT
All Granting Agencies reserve the right to call for a program audit or a financial audit at any time between execution of the agreement and the completion or termination of the project.

All non-Federal entities that expend $750,000 or more of Federal awards in a year are required to obtain an annual audit in accordance with the Single Audit Act Amendments of 1996, OMB Circular A-133, the OMB Circular Compliance Supplement and Government Auditing Standards.

A single audit is intended to provide a cost-effective audit for non-Federal entities in that one audit is conducted in lieu of multiple audits of individual programs. The City exceeds the $750,000 threshold and is subject to this required Audit annually.

Federal Single Audit Act and annual reporting requirements are contained in 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F (200.5 Compliance and Audit Requirements.) It is important that all grant activity and any changes to the grant are well documented to facilitate any audit. Audit findings made during the audit are provided to the grantor, which could prompt an audit by the grantor.

The following activities are the fourteen types of compliance requirements considered in every audit conducted under 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F, and many are described throughout this policy:

1. Activities: Allowed or Unallowable

2. Allowable Costs/Cost Principles

3. Cash Management

4. Compliance with Terms & Conditions (e.g. Davis-Bacon Act) 699
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 15 September 2023

5. Eligibility

6. Equipment and Real Property Management

7. Matching, Level of Effort, Earmarking

8. Period of Availability of Federal Funds

9. Procurement, Suspension and Debarment

10. Program Income

11. Real Property Acquisition and Relocation Assistance

12. Reporting

13. Subrecipient Monitoring

14. Special Tests and Provisions
The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records are maintained in accordance with applicable City policy, State law, and Federal regulations and maintain compliance with Federal Code 2 CFR Part 200.
• Project Manager is responsible to provide all programmatic and procurement documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor • Grant Manager is responsible to provide all fiscal documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor
Complete and proper documentation is instrumental to a smooth and successful audit; which reflects positively on the City, and in turn increases the chance for future successful grant applications.
700
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 1 SeptemberAugust 2023

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

TRAVEL POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for overnight travel on City business. All City employees and City officials traveling for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
This policy is organized into the following seven sections: Page

1. General Standards .............................................................................................................2

2. Travel Authorization ......................................................................................................... 2

2.1. Delegation of Authority ............................................................................................. 2-3

2.2. Allowable Expenses .................................................................................................... 3

3. Planning an Official Trip .................................................................................................. 3-4

3.1. Compensation ............................................................................................................. 3-4

3.2. Registration ................................................................................................................. 4

3.3. Transportation ............................................................................................................ 4- 5

3.4. Lodging ..................................................................................................................... 65

3.5. Meals ........................................................................................................................... 5-6

3.6. Prohibited Expenses ................................................................................................. 76

3.7. Personal Travel ........................................................................................................ 76

3.8. Illness While Traveling ............................................................................................ 76

4. Payments and Reimbursements ..................................................................................... 87

4.1. Payment Options ...................................................................................................... 87

5. Final Accounting and Reconciliation ............................................................................... 7-8

5.1. Maintaining Documentation ................................................................................... 7-8-9 Missing or Lost Receipts…………………………………………………………….8 - 9

5.2. Expense Reporting… .............................................................................................. 98

6. Falsification of Expenses ................................................................................................. 98

7. Forms and Publications ................................................................................................ 109

7.1. IRS Publications ..................................................................................................... 910 Travel Authorization and Advance Form (prior to travel) EXAMPLE .................. 1110 Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (return from travel) EXAMPLE ............ 121 Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.44", No bullets or
numbering
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
701
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 2 SeptemberAugust 2023

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to document allowable business travel expenses eligible for reimbursement. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws. This policy applies to all travel expenses regardless of the source of funds. “Out-of-town travel” means travel on City business away from the normal workplace or residence and requires an overnight stay. Out-of-town travel expenses include transportation, meal and incidental per diem, lodging, and other travel related allowable expenses.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Travel Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts. Updates to Per Diem and Mileage rates may be made periodically in accordance with Federal General Services Administration (G.S.A) established rates.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City travel expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/ Travel. This form must be completed and approved prior to scheduling or paying for any expenses related to the travel, including reservations. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for advance payment and/or record retention.

Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/Travel. This form must be completed and approved upon return from travel. This form is used to reconcile all expenses. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for reconciliation of expenses and record retention.

Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, arranging, and reimbursing a business trip. Accordingly, the basic standard that should prevail is to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and the City's resources.

2. TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION:

All employees must receive authorization for travel from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling a trip. In addition, all requests for out-of-state travel must be approved by the City Manager prior to taking the trip. Authorization may be granted when travel funds are available in the Department’s approved budget. All employees must have the Travel Authorization and Advance (T.A.A) Form completed and signed by their Department or Division Head prior to booking or paying for travel.
“Out-of-State” or “International” travel must be approved by the City Manager prior to Formatted: Font: Italic
Formatted: Font: Italic
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Italic
Formatted: Font: Not Bold, Italic
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
702
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 3 SeptemberAugust 2023 scheduling a trip. Either attach an approval email to your Travel Authorization form or obtain the City Manager’s approval signature on the T.A.A. Form.

Requests for advances, per diem for meals and incidentals, and support for all expenses directly paid to the vendor must be included on the approved T.A.A Form.

2.1. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
Finance Director for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/ Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
The Authorized Signor is responsible for determining the cost to be reasonable and justified, assuring the following:

1. The purpose cannot be accomplished by internet, mail, or telephone.

2. The seminar, meeting, or conference is necessary to accomplish key City goals/objectives and is unavailable locally if overnight accommodations are required.

3. The minimum number of City staff members will be going.

4. The itinerary ensures accomplishment of the purpose at the lowest reasonable cost.

5. The traveler understands and follows these guidelines.

6. There is enough budget in the appropriate travel line item to cover the costs.

7. A Travel Expense Reconciliation Form with all substantiated receipts will be submitted.

The Authorized Signor is responsible for determining the cost to be reasonable and justified, assuring the following:

1. The purpose cannot be accomplished by internet, mail, or telephone.

2.1.The seminar, meeting, or conference is necessary to accomplish key City goals/objectives and is unavailable locally if overnight accommodations are required.

3.1.The minimum number of City staff members will be going.

4.1.The itinerary ensures accomplishment of the purpose at the lowest reasonable cost.

5.1.The traveler understands and follows these guidelines.

6.1.There is enough budget in the appropriate travel line item to cover the costs.

7.1.A Travel Expense Reconciliation Form with all substantiated receipts will be submitted.

2.2. ALLOWABLE EXPENSES
Expenses incurred in connection with the following activities generally constitute authorized expenses when guidelines of this policy are met:
703
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 4 SeptemberAugust 2023

1. Communicating with representatives of regional, state, and national government on City adopted policy positions.

2. Serving on professional organizational/governmental committees, boards, or task forces.

3. Attending educational seminars, conferences, or organized educational activities designed to improve skill levels or provide information on topics important to City policy and operations.

4. Preparing research for City projects or implementing adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

5. Attending meetings involving activities or decisions important to City interests and are consistent with adopted plans, policies, goals, or programs.

6. Attending events where the City is a formal sponsor or participant, or in performance of official duties for the City.

7. Communicating with individuals or representatives of community groups on policy positions adopted by or under consideration by the City.

8. Engaging in other business-related activities with a direct connection to the implementation of adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

3. PLANNING AN OFFICAL TRIP:

3.1 COMPENSATION
When travel time exceeds the normal work week and the operating MOU allows, the City’s rules for overtime apply. In determining overtime compensation, normal commute time should be deducted from the total time traveled. Additionally, normal unpaid meal periods are not considered work time when traveling. Overtime eligibility applies equally to drivers and passengers and should be granted whether the travel occurs during normal workdays, weekends or evenings.

3.2 REGISTRATION
Fees charged for registration at any convention, meeting, or training are reimbursable with prior approval. Registration fees can be paid with a Cal-Card, requested as an advance with documentation of published rate, or reimbursed with itemized receipt if the employee pays for the registration on their own.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION
Transportation at the Destination- Use of public transit such as intercity trains, buses, streetcars, or ridesharing etc. is appropriate. If a car rental is required, attach a quote from the most reasonably priced rental car company for an advance check, use your Cal Card for payment, or attach an itemized receipt for reimbursement.

Air Travel- All air travel on City business should be coach class. Compare airline carriers prior to making reservations to ensure the most competitive rates are available to the City.

Formatted: Body Text, Indent: Left: 1.14", Right: 0.96" 704
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 5 SeptemberAugust 2023 Reminder, out-of-state travel must be pre-approved by the City Manager.

Air Travel Credit – If a trip is cancelled and an employee receives a credit from the Airline for the value of the airfare, the employee should report that credit to Accounts Payable for tracking purposes and use that credit for future business travel. If the credit is used for personal travel, the employee should reimburse the city for that amount. Should the employee separate from city employment prior to using the credit, the city reserves the right to request reimbursement.

Traveling by Automobile- Traveling by a City vehicle is the most ideal. If one is not available or a personal car is preferred, approval of the Authorized Signor is required.

City Vehicle: When using a city vehicle, reimbursement for gas expenses is appropriate.

Due to liability concerns, non-City employees/officials including spouses, children, and guests should not ride as passengers in City vehicles.

Personal Vehicle: When using a personal vehicle for travel; reimbursement at the current approved IRS Mileage rate (20232 rate of 652.5 cents per mile) will be provided. "Google Maps" or other mapping sites must be used in determining mileage reimbursements. The City will not reimburse for non-business-related mileage such as a personal stop or an indirect route taken for personal reasons.

Mileage in-lieu of Commercial Carrier Costs: In the event a commercial carrier such as an airplane would otherwise be the preferred mode of transportation, but a personal car is preferred (subject to the approval guidelines set forth above), mileage will be reimbursed up to the cost of a commercial carrier.

To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business it is required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Human Resources with the City named as additional insured.
705
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 6 SeptemberAugust 2023

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be your responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.

3.4 LODGING
Accommodations- The City will pay for a single room (including taxes and parking) for as many nights as necessary. The accommodations used should be economical but practical. In general, choose the most reasonably priced accommodations available consistent with the purpose, goals, and convenience of travel.

Canceling a Reservation- Cancel any reservation that cannot be used. If the City is charged for an unused reservation, the employee will pay the charge unless circumstances requiring cancellation were reasonably beyond control and approved by the Authorized Signor.

3.5 MEALS
Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used for meals while traveling.

There are no exceptions. Please see Section 8 (Restricted and prohibited purchases) of the Cal-Card User Handbook. Refer to Finance Policies- Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

To qualify for meal allowance:

1. Travel must be to an overnight destination outside of the City limits.

2. Meal expenses will be paid on a not to exceed per diem rate while traveling on official business as published by the Federal Government gsa.gov website under Per Diem Rates.

3. The per diem will generally be paid in advance of travel (receipts not required).

Where a timely per diem request is not submitted (within 10 days prior to travel) and/or as determined by the employee’s department head; a reimbursement of meal expenses may be submitted after travel (requires submittal of receipts).

4. Reimbursement in excess of allowable standard Federal Per Diem rate is taxable and must be reported on an employees’ W-2 as wages. Therefore, under no circumstances may the cost of meals exceed the per diem rates allowed under this policy.

Employee is responsible for meal costs above current approved per diem rate.

5. Employees may not claim meals provided by the event or included in hotel costs or conference fees.

6. Meals must be accounted for upon your return on the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R) Form. No receipts are required for advance per diem payments. All reimbursed meal expenses require attached receipts.

Current Per Diem rates for 20232 for South Lake Tahoe are as follows: Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Incidental Expenses: $5.00 (payable full day)
Formatted: Font: 14 pt
Formatted: Font: Bold
706
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 7 SeptemberAugust 2023 Total M&IE allowable payment for a full day (excess of 12 hours): $74 First & Last Day of Travel (less than 12 hours): $55.50* * per GSA allowable Per Diem rates, the first and last day of travel may be received at 75% of total M&IE, this amount is only allowed on first and last travel days.

Rates are subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem.

3.6 PROHIBITED EXPENSES
Examples of prohibited expenditures include but are not limited to:
 Alcohol/narcotics
 Toiletries/medicines
 Car repair/traffic citations (parking tickets, toll fines)  Credit card interest charges
 Pet hotel fees, Health club fee/ spa treatments
 Fees for upgrades of air, hotel, or auto
 Headphones or extra incidentals on airlines
 Laundry/dry cleaning
 Movies/entertainment (in-room or off-site)
 Sporting events, theater, or cinema
 Personal expenses/spouse or guest expenses

3.7 PERSONAL TRAVEL
If time is taken away from official business for personal matters, or return is delayed after completing the business trip, reimbursement will not be provided for expenses incurred during that time. Pre-approval is required when combining business and personal travel. If this extended period occurs during regular scheduled work hours, the time will be counted as vacation, comp time, paid time off, or leave without pay.

3.8 ILLNESS WHILE TRAVELING
Should an employee/official become sick or ill during a travel business trip, reimbursement will be provided for necessary additional living expenses (except those directly related to your illness, such as physician or hospital costs) until the employee can return home.

Employees are required to notify the supervisor or Authorized Signor as soon as possible of becoming ill. If applicable, the time will be counted as sick leave or paid time-off during your normally scheduled work hours.

4. PAYMENTS AND REIMBURSEMENTS:
707
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 8 SeptemberAugust 2023 The City will pay all legitimate expenses of your trip or meeting. These include transportation, lodging, registration fees, meals and any other related expenses such as parking, baggage fees, and bridge tolls if they are for official business and within the guidelines of this policy.

4.1 PAYMENT OPTIONS
Direct Vendor Payments: Direct payments made by the City to an organization to pay for specific costs related to a trip, usually registration fees, lodging and airfare. To obtain direct vendor payments, complete the appropriate sections of the T.A.A. Form and attach payment information for all direct payments. Retain a copy of the completed form to assist in reconciling actual expenses.

Cal Cards may be used to pay vendors directly for travel expenses, upon approval with completed T.A.A from. Receipt of payment on a Cal Card must be submitted with both the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R.) Form and Cal Card Statement. Attach a copy of your T.A.A form to your Cal Card statement, when paying for travel expenses (including hotel reservations) with your Cal Card.

Payment for travel meals on a Cal Card is prohibited.

Cash Advances: Advance payments can be provided to an employee prior to travel to cover expenses including per diem for meal expenses, Hotel Registration, Transportation etc. To request cash advance, the Authorized Signor must review the amount ensuring it is reasonable and within the current Approved Per Diem Rates and department budget.

Employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation documenting all expenses and attaching receipts. Meals must be accounted for although receipts are not required if the employee received a per diem advance.

Reimbursements: Upon return, account for all expenses incurred on the T.E.R. Form attach substantiated receipts for all expenses and obtain proper approval from the Authorized Signor. Reimbursement of Meals requires itemized receipts. Reimbursements will be processed within ten (10) days of submittal to Accounts Payable.

Petty Cash cannot be used for Travel Costs. Refer to Financial Policies- Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

5. FINAL ACCOUNTING AND RECONCILIATION:

5.1 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
 Maintain a detailed record of all expenses incurred during travel: meals, transportation/mileage, lodging, car rentals, parking fees, registration fees, and any other reasonable and necessary expenses to assist with final reconciliation.  Detailed receipts must be submitted for all expenses except when receiving advanced per diem for meals. Failure to provide such documentation will result in Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: 14 pt
708
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 9 SeptemberAugust 2023 denial of reimbursement.

Missing or Lost Receipts: Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not availablee, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of the expense and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If you used a personal credit or debit card, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with your T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable.

The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

5.2 EXPENSE REPORTING
Within 10 days of return, employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation and receipts documenting all expenses. Failure to return this form will result in repayment to the City of any advanced funds and/or denial of reimbursement for expenses not accounted for in this manner.

Per IRS Section 15: to be excluded from taxable wages your T.E.R Form must include the following:
 The business purpose of the trip
 The date and place of the trip
 Receipts for lodging, and all travel expenses
 Receipts for meals if requesting reimbursement
Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:

1. All expenses are reasonable, necessary and consistent with this policy.

2. All required itemized receipts are attached.

3. The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).

4. Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.

5. Final accounting on T.E.R. Form is submitted to Finance.

6. FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES:

Submitting fraudulent receipts or falsifying a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form will result in loss of reimbursement privileges and may lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual Formatted: Font: Bold, Font color: Red
Formatted: Font color: Red
709
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 SeptemberAugust 2023 expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director, and City Manager.

7. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when traveling for City business:

1. Prior to booking and paying for travel: Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.F.).

2. Return from travel: Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.).

3. Examples to assist in filling out these forms is located on the next page.

4. Blank forms are located in Outlook, Public Folders, Finance Dept., Travel-Training Polices. Updated Aug. 2022.

7.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017 710
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 August September 2023 Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION AND ADVANCE FORM

PRE TRAVEL REPORTING
This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template prior to booking or paying for travel.

EXAMPLE

PURPOSE OF TRAVEL
Attend the 2022 Annual ABC Conference in San Francisco, CA to learn of recent developments in xxxxxxxxx to assist my derpartment in xxxxxxx.

Conference begins 9:00 AM on Juned 2nd and ends 12:00 AM on June 4th.

Employee Department Position
First & Last Name City Department Employee Title

Destination No. of Days (including first/last) Total Cost of Travel San Fransico, CA 3 $ 1,290.72

ITINERARY
Departure From: Date/Time Arrival To: Date/Time
City Offices, address 6/1/2022 12:30 San Francisco, ABC Hotel 6/1/2022 16:30

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account Number Paid/ Reimb Advance Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare N/A
Lodging Hotel (3 nights + park R (Reimbursement) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car N/A
Mileage- Personal Vehicle6.6 miles (188.3 each w A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 235.38 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.
$ 835.84 $ 235.38
* D= Direct Vendor Payments, A= Advance, R= Reimbursement ** 2022 IRS rate is 62.5 cents ($0.625) per mile. Attach documentation used in determining anticipated mileage.

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY CONT. (MEALS)
Note: Calculation of daily meal per-diem must be in compliance with IRS regualtions using Federal GSA rates. Follow the calculation below to request proper amounts. If meals are included with registration or hotel fees make sure to deduct them from the calculation.

Account Number: 100 xxxxx 44050
Instructions Date/ Meal Type Amount
First Day of Travel: If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50:

If only one meal period will be incurred use individual meal rates: 6/1/22 Dinner 34.00 Full Day of Travel: Put number of full calendar travel days x $74.00 or deduct meals 6/2/22 Full Day 74.00 included in registration, hotel, or provided by event 6/3 (breakfst/dinner) lunch incl 56.00 Last Day of Travel: If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: 6/4 2 meal periods (Breakfast & Lunch) 55.50 If only one meal period will be incurred use rates below:

Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00, $5.00 incidentals ($74.00 full day) $ 219.50 First & Last Day of Travel: Calculated at 75% of total daily meals & incidentals.

SUM OF ADVANCES AND PER DIEM OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 454.88

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date
printed employee name date submitted Supervisor or Dept Head date signed 711
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 11 August September 2023 Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

TRAVEL EXPENSE AND REIMBURSEMENT FORM

POST TRAVEL REPORTING

This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template.

EXAMPLE

RECAP OF TRAVEL
Employee Name Department Location Date Left Date Returned Total Cost of Travel First & Last Name City Department ABC Conf. San Francisco, CA 6/1/2022 6/4/2022 $ 1,290.72

ACTUAL COSTS INCURRED
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account
Number Amount Paid Amount Due- Attach
Itemized Receipts
Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare
Lodging ABC Hotel R- Personal Credit Card 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car
Meals** A- Advanced Per Diem 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 219.50
Mileage- Personal Vehicle*** 376.6 miles (188.3 each way) A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 $ 235.38 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.

$ 554.88 $ 735.84
* D = Direct Vendor Payments, A = Advance, R = Reimbursement ** If a per diem was received prior to travel, fill in total received in the amount column. *** 2022 IRS rate is .625 per mile. Attach documentation used in determining mileage reimbursement. **** All Reimbursements require itemized receipts attached.

ACTUAL MEAL COSTS INCURRED: If meal Per Diem was received as an Advance, leave the section below blank.

Note: If requesting reimbursement for meals, attach itemized receipts for all meal periods. The City will only reimburse up to the Federal G.S.A Per Diem amounts. $5.00 Per Diem Incidental rate not applicable for Reimbursement.

DATE BREAKFAST LUNCH DINNER

Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00 $ -

SUM OF REIMBURSEMENTS OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 735.84

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date

712
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 1 September 2023 These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for overnight travel on City business. All City employees and City officials traveling for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .....................................................................................................................................2

2. Travel Authorization ................................................................................................................................3 Out-of-State Travel ...................................................................................................................................3

2.1 Delegation of Authority ......................................................................................................................3

2.2 Allowable Expenses ......................................................................................................................... 3-4

3. Planning an Official Trip ...........................................................................................................................4

3.1 Compensation .......................................................................................................................................4

3.2 Registration ..........................................................................................................................................4

3.3 Transportation ................................................................................................................................. 4-5

3.4 Lodging .................................................................................................................................................5

3.5 Meals ................................................................................................................................................. 5-6

3.6 Prohibited Expenses.............................................................................................................................6

3.7 Personal Travel ....................................................................................................................................7

3.8 Illness While Traveling ........................................................................................................................7

4. Payments and Reimbursements..................................................................................................................7

4.1 Payment Options .............................................................................................................................. 7-8

5. Final Accounting and Reconciliation ........................................................................................................8

5.1 Maintaining Documentation ...............................................................................................................8 * Missing or Lost Receipts ...................................................................................................................8

5.2 Expense Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 8-9

6. Falsification of Expenses ............................................................................................................................9

7. Forms and Publications..............................................................................................................................9

7.1 IRS Publications ...................................................................................................................................9 Travel Authorization & Advance Form (T.A.A.) Prior to Travel EXAMPLE...........................10 Travel Expense & Reconciliation Form(T.E.R.) Return Travel EXAMPLE ..............................11

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

TRAVEL POLICY
713
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 2 September 2023

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to document allowable business travel expenses eligible for reimbursement. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws. This policy applies to all travel expenses regardless of the source of funds. “Out-of-town travel” means travel on City business away from the normal workplace or residence and requires an overnight stay. Out-of-town travel expenses include transportation, meal and incidental per diem, lodging, and other travel related allowable expenses. “Out-of-State travel” means overnight travel to a location outside of the State of California. “International travel” means travel to a location outside the continental United States, including Hawaii and Alaska.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Travel Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts. Updates to Per Diem and Mileage rates may be made periodically in accordance with Federal General Services Administration (G.S.A) established rates.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City travel expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/ Travel. This form must be completed and approved prior to scheduling or paying for any expenses related to the travel, including reservations. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for advance payment and/or record retention.

Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/Travel. This form must be completed and approved upon return from travel. This form is used to reconcile all expenses. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for reconciliation of expenses and record retention.

Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, arranging, and reimbursing a business trip. Accordingly, the basic standard that should prevail is to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and the City's resources. 714
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 3 September 2023

2. TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION:

All employees must receive authorization for travel from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling a trip. Authorization may be granted when travel funds are available in the Department’s approved budget. All employees must have the Travel Authorization and Advance (T.A.A) Form completed and signed by their Department or Division Head prior to booking or paying for travel.
“Out-of-State” or “International” travel must be approved by the City Manager prior to scheduling a trip. Either attach an approval email to your Travel Authorization form or obtain the City Manager’s approval signature on the T.A.A. Form.

Requests for advances, per diem for meals and incidentals, and support for all expenses directly paid to the vendor must be included on the approved T.A.A Form.

2.1. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
Finance Director for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/ Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
The Authorized Signor is responsible for determining the cost to be reasonable and justified, assuring the following:

1. The purpose cannot be accomplished by internet, mail, or telephone.

2. The seminar, meeting, or conference is necessary to accomplish key City goals/objectives and is unavailable locally if overnight accommodations are required.

3. The minimum number of City staff members will be going.

4. The itinerary ensures accomplishment of the purpose at the lowest reasonable cost.

5. The traveler understands and follows these guidelines.

6. There is enough budget in the appropriate travel line item to cover the costs.

7. A Travel Expense Reconciliation Form with all substantiated receipts will be submitted.

2.2. ALLOWABLE EXPENSES
Expenses incurred in connection with the following activities generally constitute authorized expenses when guidelines of this policy are met:

1. Communicating with representatives of regional, state, and national government on City adopted policy positions.

2. Serving on professional organizational/governmental committees, boards, or task forces.

3. Attending educational seminars, conferences, or organized educational activities 715
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 4 September 2023 designed to improve skill levels or provide information on topics important to City policy and operations.

4. Preparing research for City projects or implementing adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

5. Attending meetings involving activities or decisions important to City interests and are consistent with adopted plans, policies, goals, or programs.

6. Attending events where the City is a formal sponsor or participant, or in performance of official duties for the City.

7. Communicating with individuals or representatives of community groups on policy positions adopted by or under consideration by the City.

8. Engaging in other business-related activities with a direct connection to the implementation of adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

3. PLANNING AN OFFICAL TRIP:

3.1 COMPENSATION
When travel time exceeds the normal work week and the operating MOU allows, the City’s rules for overtime apply. In determining overtime compensation, normal commute time should be deducted from the total time traveled. Additionally, normal unpaid meal periods are not considered work time when traveling. Overtime eligibility applies equally to drivers and passengers and should be granted whether the travel occurs during normal workdays, weekends, or evenings.

3.2 REGISTRATION
Fees charged for registration at a convention, meeting, or training are reimbursable with prior approval. Registration fees can be paid with a Cal-Card, requested as an advance with documentation of published rate, or reimbursed with itemized receipt if the employee pays for the registration on their own.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION
Transportation at the Destination- Use of public transit such as intercity trains, buses, streetcars, or ridesharing etc. is appropriate. If a car rental is required, attach a quote from the most reasonably priced rental car company for an advance check, use your Cal Card for payment, or attach an itemized receipt for reimbursement.

Air Travel- All air travel on City business should be coach class. Compare airline carriers prior to making reservations to ensure the most competitive rates are available to the City. • Reminder, out-of-state travel must be pre-approved by the City Manager Air Travel Credit – If a trip is cancelled and an employee receives a credit from the Airline for the value of the airfare, the employee should report that credit to Accounts Payable for tracking purposes and use that credit for future business travel. If the credit is used for 716
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 5 September 2023 personal travel, the employee should reimburse the city for that amount. Should the employee separate from city employment prior to using the credit, the city reserves the right to request reimbursement.

Traveling by Automobile- Traveling by a City vehicle is the most ideal. If one is not available or a personal car is preferred, approval of the Authorized Signor is required.

City Vehicle: When using a city vehicle, reimbursement for gas expenses is appropriate.

Due to liability concerns, non-City employees/officials including spouses, children, and guests should not ride as passengers in City vehicles.

Personal Vehicle: When using a personal vehicle for travel; reimbursement at the current approved IRS Mileage rate (2023 rate of 65.5 cents per mile) will be provided. "Google Maps" or other mapping sites must be used in determining mileage reimbursements. The City will not reimburse for non-business-related mileage such as a personal stop or an indirect route taken for personal reasons.

Mileage in-lieu of Commercial Carrier Costs: In the event a commercial carrier such as an airplane would otherwise be the preferred mode of transportation, but a personal car is preferred (subject to the approval guidelines set forth above), mileage will be reimbursed up to the cost of a commercial carrier.

To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business it is required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Human Resources with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be your responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.

3.4 LODGING
Accommodations- The City will pay for a single room (including taxes and parking) for as many nights as necessary. The accommodations used should be economical but practical. In general, choose the most reasonably priced accommodations available consistent with the purpose, goals, and convenience of travel.

Canceling a Reservation- Cancel any reservation that cannot be used. If the City is charged for an unused reservation, the employee will pay the charge unless circumstances requiring cancellation were reasonably beyond control and approved by the Authorized Signor.

3.5 MEALS
Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used for meals while traveling. There are no exceptions. (Please see Section 8 of the Cal-Card User Handbook). Refer to Finance Policies – Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.
717
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 6 September 2023 To qualify for meal allowance:

1. Travel must be to an overnight destination outside of the City limits.

2. Meal expenses will be paid on a not to exceed per diem rate while traveling on official business as published by the Federal Government gsa.gov website under Per Diem Rates.

3. The per diem will generally be paid in advance of travel (receipts not required).

Where a timely per diem request is not submitted (within 10 days prior to travel) and/or as determined by the employee’s department head; a reimbursement of meal expenses may be submitted after travel (requires submittal of receipts).

4. Reimbursement in excess of allowable standard Federal Per Diem rate is taxable and must be reported on an employees’ W-2 as wages. Therefore, under no circumstances may the cost of meals exceed the per diem rates allowed under this policy.

Employee is responsible for meal costs above current approved per diem rate.

5. Employees may not claim meals provided by the event or included in hotel costs or conference fees.

6. Meals must be accounted for upon your return on the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R) Form. No receipts are required for advance per diem payments. All reimbursed meal expenses REQUIRE attached receipts.

Current Per Diem rates for 2023 for South Lake Tahoe are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Incidental Expenses: $5.00 (payable full day)
Total M&IE allowable payment for a full day (excess of 12 hours): $74 First & Last Day of Travel (less than 12 hours): $55.50* * per GSA allowable Per Diem rates, the first and last day of travel may be received at 75% of total M&IE, this amount is only allowed on first and last travel days.

Rates are subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem.

3.6 PROHIBITED EXPENSES
Examples of prohibited expenditures include but are not limited to:
• Alcohol/narcotics
• Toiletries/medicines
• Car repair/traffic citations (parking tickets, toll fines) • Credit card interest charges
• Pet hotel fees, Health club fee/ spa treatments
• Fees for upgrades of air, hotel, or auto
718
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 7 September 2023 • Headphones or extra incidentals on airlines
• Laundry/dry cleaning
• Movies/entertainment (in-room or off-site)
• Sporting events, theater, or cinema
• Personal expenses/spouse or guest expenses

3.7 PERSONAL TRAVEL
If time is taken away from official business for personal matters, or return is delayed after completing the business trip, reimbursement will not be provided for expenses incurred during that time. Pre-approval is required when combining business and personal travel. If this extended period occurs during regular scheduled work hours, the time will be counted as vacation, comp time, paid time off, or leave without pay.

3.8 ILLNESS WHILE TRAVELING
Should an employee/official become sick or ill during a travel business trip, reimbursement will be provided for necessary additional living expenses (except those directly related to your illness, such as physician or hospital costs) until the employee can return home.

Employees are required to notify the supervisor or Authorized Signor as soon as possible of becoming ill. If applicable, the time will be counted as sick leave or paid time-off during your normally scheduled work hours.

4. PAYMENTS AND REIMBURSEMENTS:

The City will pay all legitimate expenses of your trip or meeting. These include transportation, lodging, registration fees, meals and any other related expenses such as parking, baggage fees, and bridge tolls if they are for official business and within the guidelines of this policy.

4.1 PAYMENT OPTIONS
Direct Vendor Payments: Direct payments made by the City to an organization to pay for specific costs related to a trip, usually registration fees, lodging and airfare. To obtain direct vendor payments, complete the appropriate sections of the T.A.A. Form and attach payment information for all direct payments. Retain a copy of the completed form to assist in reconciling actual expenses.

Cal Cards may be used to pay vendors directly for travel expenses, upon approval with completed T.A.A from. Receipt of payment on a Cal Card must be submitted with both the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R.) Form and Cal Card Statement. Attach a copy of your T.A.A form to your Cal Card statement, when paying for travel expenses (including hotel reservations) with your Cal Card.

Payment for travel meals on a Cal Card is prohibited.

Cash Advances: Advance payments can be provided to an employee prior to travel to 719
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 8 September 2023 cover expenses including per diem for meal expenses, Hotel Registration, Transportation etc. To request cash advance, the Authorized Signor must review the amount ensuring it is reasonable and within the current Approved Per Diem Rates and department budget.

Employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation documenting all expenses and attaching receipts. Meals must be accounted for although receipts are not required if the employee received a per diem advance.

Reimbursements: Upon return, account for all expenses incurred on the T.E.R. Form attach substantiated receipts for all expenses and obtain proper approval from the Authorized Signor. Reimbu rsement of Me als requires itemized receipts. Reimbursements will be processed within ten (10) days of submittal to Accounts Payable.

Petty Cash cannot be used for Travel Costs. Refer to Financial Policies- Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

5. FINAL ACCOUNTING AND RECONCILIATION:

5.1 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
• Maintain a detailed record of all expenses incurred during travel: meals, transportation/mileage, lodging, car rentals, parking fees, registration fees, and any other reasonable and necessary expenses to assist with final reconciliation. • Detailed receipts must be submitted for all expenses except when receiving advanced per diem for meals. Failure to provide such documentation will result in denial of reimbursement.

Missing or Lost Receipts:

Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income.

Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of the expense and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If you used a personal credit or debit card, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with your T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

5.2 EXPENSE REPORTING
Within 10 days of return, employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with 720
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 9 September 2023 final reconciliation and receipts documenting all expenses. Failure to return this form will result in repayment to the City of any advanced funds and/or denial of reimbursement for expenses not accounted for in this manner.

Per IRS Section 15: to be excluded from taxable wages your T.E.R Form must include the following:
• The business purpose of the trip
• The date and place of the trip
• Receipts for lodging, and all travel expenses
• Receipts for meals if requesting reimbursement
Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:

1. All expenses are reasonable, necessary and consistent with this policy.

2. All required itemized receipts are attached.

3. The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).

4. Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.

5. Final accounting on T.E.R. Form is submitted to Finance.

6. FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES:

Submitting fraudulent receipts or falsifying a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form will result in loss of reimbursement privileges and may lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director, and City Manager.

7. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when traveling for City business:

1. Prior to booking and paying for travel: Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.F.).

2. Return from travel: Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.).

3. Examples to assist in filling out these forms is located on the next page.

4. Blank forms are located in Outlook, Public Folders, Finance Dept., Travel-Training Polices. Updated Aug. 2023.

7.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)
721
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 September 2023 For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications. • IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
• IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses • IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017 722
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 September 2023 Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION AND ADVANCE FORM

PRE-TRAVEL REPORTING
This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template prior to booking or paying for travel.

EXAMPLE

PURPOSE OF TRAVEL
Attend the 2023 Annual ABC Conference in San Francisco, CA to learn of recent developments in xxxxxxxxx to assist my department in xxxxxxx.

Conference begins 9:00 AM on Juned 2nd and ends 12:00 AM on June 4th.

Employee Department Position
First & Last Name City Department Employee Title
Destination No. of Days (including first/last) Total Cost of Travel San Francisco, CA 3 $ 1,297.69

ITINERARY
Departure From: Date/Time Arrival To: Date/Time
City Offices, address 6/1/2023 12:30 San Francisco, ABC Hotel 6/1/2023 16:30

ESTIMATED COSTSUMMARY
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account Number Paid/ Reimb Advance Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare N/A
Lodging Hotel 3 nights + park R (Reimbursement) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car N/A
Mileage- Personal Vehicle 185 miles x 2 x 0.655 A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 242.35 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.
$ 835.84 $ 242.35
* D= Direct Vendor Payments, A= Advance, R= Reimbursement ** 2023 IRS rate is 65.5 cents ($0.655) per mile. Attach documentation used in determining anticipated mileage.

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY CONT. (MEALS)
Note: Calculation of daily meal per-diem must be in compliance with IRS regulations using Federal GSA rates. Follow the calculation below to request proper amounts. If meals are included with registration or hotel fees make sure to deduct them from the calculation.

Account Number: 100 xxxxx 44050
Instructions Date/ Meal Type Amount
First Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50:

If only one meal period will be incurred use individual meal rates: 6/1/22 Dinner 34.00 Full Day of Travel: Put number of full calendar travel days x $74.00 or deduct meals 6/2/22 Full Day 74.00 included in registration, hotel, or provided by event 6/3 (breakfst/dinner) lunch incl 56.00 Last Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: 6/4 2 meal periods (Breakfast & Lunch) 55.50 If only one meal period will be incurred use rates below:

Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00, $5.00 incidentals ($74.00 full day) $ 219.50 First & Last Day of Travel: Calculated at 75% of total daily meals & incidentals.

SUM OF ADVANCES AND PER DIEM OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 461.85

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date
printed employee name date submitted Supervisor or Dept Head date signed 723
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 11 September 2023 Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

TRAVEL EXPENSE AND REIMBURSEMENT FORM

POST TRAVEL REPORTING
Thisform should be completed in legible handwriting orin Excel using the City'sstandard template.

EXAMPLE

RECAP OF TRAVEL
Employee Name Department Location Date Left Date Returned Total Cost of Travel First & Last Name City Department ABC Conf. San Francisco, CA 6/1/2023 6/4/2023 $ 1,297.69

ACTUAL COSTS INCURRED
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account
Number Amount Paid Amount Due- Attach
Itemized Receipts
Registration ABCConference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare
Lodging ABCHotel R- Personal Credit Card 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car
Meals** A- Advanced Per Diem 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 219.50
Mileage- Personal Vehicle*** 370 miles -185 x 2 x $0.655 A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 $ 242.35 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.
$ 561.85 $ 735.84
* D= Direct Vendor Payments, A=Advance, R=Reimbursement ** If a per diem was received prior to travel, fill in total received in the amount column. *** 2023 IRS rate is .655 per mile. Attach documentation used in determining mileage reimbursement. **** All Reimbursements require itemized receipts attached.

ACTUAL MEAL COSTS INCURRED: If meal Per Diem was received as an Advance, leave the section below blank.

Note: If requesting reimbursement for meals, attach itemized receipts for all meal periods. The City will only reimburse up to the Federal G.S.A Per Diem amounts. $5.00 Per Diem Incidental rate not applicable for Reimbursement.

DATE BREAKFAST LUNCH DINNER
Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00 $ - SUM OF REIMBURSEMENTS OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 735.84

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date
724
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 1 Rev. August September 202322 Financial Policies:

Preserving Capital Investments - Fixed Assets
Capitalization and Inventory Control Policy
The City invests in capital assets such as property, plant, equipment, facilities and infrastructure. Preservation of such investments through regular maintenance and a long-term renovation plan is necessary to preserve the value of such capital investments. The City must also plan for the replacement of capital investments (particularly vehicles and equipment). The following policy requirements are intended to ensure the proper accounting and preservation of capital investments; and to provide a sound economic base for their replacement.

1. The budget should provide sufficient funding for adequate maintenance, renovation and the orderly replacement of capital assets such as equipment, fleet, facilities, streets and parks.

2. All capital assets should be maintained at a level that protects capital investment and minimizes future maintenance and replacement costs.

3. A five-year schedule of equipment replacement and maintenance needs, as well as facilities, streets and parks renovation and maintenance needs should be prepared on an annual basis. Expenditures consistent with such plans shall be included in annual budget appropriations.

A. Capital Assets Definition, Classes, and Capitalization Thresholds The City defines capital assets as any assets used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years that have a value equal to or greater than the capitalization threshold for their respective asset class.

The Asset Classes and Capitalization Thresholds have been established as follows:

Asset Class Threshold
Land $50,000
Buildings/Building Improvements $50,000/$10,000
Improvements Other Than Buildings $10,000
Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment $10,000 Intangibles $100,000
Infrastructure $200,000
Construction in progress $50,000
Lease purchase assets Use threshold for the
appropriate asset class
The threshold will generally not be applied to components of fixed assets.

725
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 2 Rev. August September 202322

1. Cost of Capital Assets
Capital Assets are recorded at historical cost or estimated historical cost if purchased or constructed. The cost should include ancillary charges necessary to place the asset into its intended location and condition for use.

Items to include in the cost of capital asset are as follows:
 Original contract or invoice price
 Freight and transportation charges
 Handling and storage charges
 In-transit insurance charges
 Sales, use, and other taxes imposed on the acquisition  Installation charges
 Charges for testing and preparation for use
 Site preparation costs
 Professional fees
 Capitalized interest should be included in the cost of a proprietary fund asset when it meets the criteria of Financial Accounting Standards Board No. 34.

The costs of normal maintenance and repairs that do not add to the value of the asset or materially extend assets lives are not capitalized.

Donated capital assets are valued at their fair value on the date of donation.

2. Depreciating Capital Assets
Property, plant and equipment, depreciable infrastructure and intangible assets of the City shall be depreciated using the straight-line method and applying the half-year convention method over the following useful lives.

Asset Class Years
Buildings/Building Improvements 10-40
Improvements Other Than Buildings 3-10
Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment 3-20 Intangibles (subject to depreciation/amortization) As limited by contractual or legal
provisions.

Infrastructure 10-40
It is the City’s policy that capital assets have no residual value at the end of their lives. Land, Construction-in-Progress and certain intangible assets are not depreciated. If the asset is disposed of before the end of its useful life, a half-year of depreciation is allowable for the year of disposition.

726
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 3 Rev. August September 202322

3. Capital Assets Classes
Land
The surface of the earth, which can be used to support structures and roadways. Land is characterized as having an unlimited life (inexhaustible).

Includes the cost of land itself and the cost of preparing land for its intended uses. Examples of items that might be capitalized as part of the cost of land include basic site improvements (e.g., excavation, fill, and grading), as well as the cost of removing, relocating, or reconstructing the property of others (e.g., power lines).

Buildings and Building Improvements
A structure that is permanently attached to the land, has a roof, is partially or completely enclosed by walls, and is not intended to be transportable or moveable.

Improvements to existing buildings that materially extend the useful life of a building, increase the value of a building, or both should be capitalized. The improvement must meet one of the following criteria:
 The improvement adds square footage to the existing building.  The improvement is a major renovation that prepares an existing building for a new use.
 The improvement expenditure increases the life or value of the building by 25 percent of the original life or cost.

The cost of an improvement (or betterment) normally is added to the cost of the related structure, rather than treated as a separate asset.

Examples of expenditures to be capitalized as building improvements are as follows:
 Replacement of an old shingle roof with a new fireproof tile roof  Upgrade of heating and cooling systems
 Structures attached to the building such as covered patios, sunrooms, garages, carports, enclosed stairwells, etc.
 Structural changes such as reinforcement of floors or walls, installation or replacement of beams, joists, steel grids, or other interior framing.

The following are examples of expenditures not to capitalize as improvements to buildings. Instead, these items should be recorded as maintenance expense:
 Adding, removing and/or moving of walls relating to renovation projects that are not considered major rehabilitation projects and do not increase the value or life of the building
727
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 4 Rev. August September 202322  Plumbing or electrical repairs
 Cleaning, pest extermination, or other periodic maintenance  Interior decoration, such as draperies, blinds, curtain rods, wallpaper  Maintenance-type interior renovation, such as repainting, touch-up, plastering, replacement of carpet, tile, or panel sections; sink and fixture refinishing, etc.
 Maintenance-type exterior renovation such as repainting, replacement of deteriorated siding, roof, or masonry sections  Replacement of a part or component of a building with a new part of the same type and performance capabilities, such as replacement of an old boiler with a new one of the same type and performance capabilities

Improvements Other Than Buildings
This major asset class is used for permanent (i.e., non-moveable) improvements, other than buildings, that add value to land, but do not have an indefinite useful life. Examples include fences, retaining walls, parking lots, and most landscaping. Moveable items (e.g., picnic table in a park) should be classified as furnishings and equipment.

Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment
Fixed or movable tangible assets to be used for operations, the benefits of which extend beyond one year from date of acquisition and rendered into service.

Examples of expenditures to be capitalized in this class include but are not limited to:

Vehicles
Computers and servers
Machinery
Furniture and fixtures
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are characterized as lacking physical form (e.g., computer software, water rights, easements, and patents). Certain intangibles provide benefits indefinitely. In that case, no amortization expense would be recognized. Intangibles with the length of their life limited by contractual or legal provisions should be amortized over the period stated in the provisions.

Easements are interest in land owned by another that entitles its holder to a specific limited use. The estimated value of easements is immaterial and therefore will not be capitalized.

A right-of-way is a type of easement in which title remains with the property owner and therefore is not capitalized.
728
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 5 Rev. August September 202322 Infrastructure
Long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and are of value only to the City. Include, but are not limited to: roads and streets, curbs, gutters, bridges, streetlights, sidewalks, streetscape, bike paths, storm-water drainage improvements, roadway resurfacing, basin and stream environment zone construction, ramps, airfields and runways in Airport Enterprise fund. For the purpose of reporting this major class is separated into subclasses, such as Streets, Bike Paths, Streetscape, Basin and SEZ Construction, and Runways.

Construction in Progress
This major class is used for costs incurred to construct or develop a tangible or intangible capital asset before it is substantially ready to be placed into service. The costs should remain in this category until all retention money has been paid (at which time the asset would be reclassified into the appropriate major class).

B. Capital Assets Accountability and Control
When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.

Department heads are ultimately responsible for safeguarding its fixed assets from theft or loss. However, the Finance Department does recognize and acknowledge its responsibility to establish and maintain systems and procedures that enable department heads and program managers to properly safeguard their assets.

In general, inventory control is applied only to movable fixed assets (generally these falling into the “Vehicles, Machinery and Equipment” category), and not to land, buildings, or other immovable fixed assets. Fixed assets subject to inventory control will be accounted for and controlled through the same systems and procedures used to account and control fixed assets subject to capitalization.

Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
a. The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
b. Any asset less than the capitalization threshold, as recommended by the Finance Director. This may include certain machinery and equipment that, due to portability, value outside of the office, or character, are susceptible to theft and/or loss. It may include computer equipment and electronic devices such as laptops and iPhones, guns, weapons, and other movable items. Also included may be any asset requested by a department to be controlled in order to satisfy an internal (operational) or external 729
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 6 Rev. August September 202322 requirement. For example, the Finance Department (may wish to) tracks all computer hardware in order to establish replacement and upgrade requirements for both hardware and system software.
c. Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or any other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Procedure: The goal is to tag all fixed assets that fall within the above categories without affecting the functionality or value of the product. Tags should be placed on the back of the equipment, somewhere where they can be found, but not necessarily stand out. The fixed asset addition form (Exhibit I) should be filled out as much as possible. A complete description of the asset should be obtained showing manufacturer, model, serial #, color and any other identifying criteria. The date purchased and cost should be entered when known. If not known, please estimate and mark (est.) after the data. It is understood that logistically some items cannot be tagged. These items still need to be inventoried and the information maintained in a department file.

C. Capital Assets Purchased with Federal Funds
Equipment (Capital Assets) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439.

These guidelines can be found at the following link: https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
 Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
 A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years. 730
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 7 Rev. August September 202322  Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated.
 Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
 If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return.

See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department, officially declared to the City Council, and after approval, eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price, Alternatively, the city council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions the city council may, in its discretion, elect.

In the event any single item of property is less than $10,000, the finance director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company, Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

Disposal of any real property shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable requirements of the Government Code, including but not limited to Government Code sections 50569, 65402, and 54220, et seq. Before disposing of any surplus property, the applicable department head shall ascertain the source of funds used to purchase the property and ensure that disposal will not violate any grant conditions or other applicable restrictions.

Accounting for Leases: Leases that do not transfer substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership are operating leases.

Capitalize a lease that transfers substantially all of the benefits and risks of property ownership, provided the lease is non-cancelable (only non-cancelable leases may be capitalized). One or more of four criteria must be met:

1. Transfers ownership to the lessee.

2. Contains a bargain purchase option.

3. Lease term is equal to or greater than 75 percent of the estimated economic life of the leased property.

4. The present value of the minimum lease payments (excluding executor costs) equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the lease property.

Account Coding: The account coding to be used for the purchase of capital outlay will be as follows:
731
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 8 Rev. August September 202322 For items costing $10,000 or more (these are considered Fixed Assets) use:

Object code # 46010 – Land
Object code # 46020 – Buildings and Building Improvements Object code # 46030 – Improvements Other Than Buildings Object code # 46110 – Machinery & Equipment ($107,000)
Object code # 46122 – Software
Object code # 46130 – Vehicles
Object code # 46140 – Furniture and Fixtures
For items costing less than $10,000 per unit (these are NOT considered Fixed Assets) use:

Object code # 46120 – Tools, Parts and Leases less than $10,000.

732
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 9 Rev. August September 202322 Attachments:

Exhibit I – Sample of Fixed Asset Addition Form

733
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 10 Rev. August September 202322 734
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 1 Rev. September 2023 Financial Policies:

Preserving Capital Investments - Fixed Assets
Capitalization and Inventory Control Policy
The City invests in capital assets such as property, plant, equipment, facilities and infrastructure. Preservation of such investments through regular maintenance and a long-term renovation plan is necessary to preserve the value of such capital investments. The City must also plan for the replacement of capital investments (particularly vehicles and equipment). The following policy requirements are intended to ensure the proper accounting and preservation of capital investments; and to provide a sound economic base for their replacement.

1. The budget should provide sufficient funding for adequate maintenance, renovation and the orderly replacement of capital assets such as equipment, fleet, facilities, streets and parks.

2. All capital assets should be maintained at a level that protects capital investment and minimizes future maintenance and replacement costs.

3. A five-year schedule of equipment replacement and maintenance needs, as well as facilities, streets and parks renovation and maintenance needs should be prepared on an annual basis. Expenditures consistent with such plans shall be included in annual budget appropriations.

A. Capital Assets Definition, Classes, and Capitalization Thresholds The City defines capital assets as any assets used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years that have a value equal to or greater than the capitalization threshold for their respective asset class.

The Asset Classes and Capitalization Thresholds have been established as follows:

Asset Class Threshold
Land $50,000
Buildings/Building Improvements $50,000/$10,000
Improvements Other Than Buildings $10,000
Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment $10,000 Intangibles $100,000
Infrastructure $200,000
Construction in progress $50,000
Lease purchase assets Use threshold for the
appropriate asset class
The threshold will generally not be applied to components of fixed assets.

735
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 2 Rev. September 2023

1. Cost of Capital Assets
Capital Assets are recorded at historical cost or estimated historical cost if purchased or constructed. The cost should include ancillary charges necessary to place the asset into its intended location and condition for use.

Items to include in the cost of capital asset are as follows:
 Original contract or invoice price
 Freight and transportation charges
 Handling and storage charges
 In-transit insurance charges
 Sales, use, and other taxes imposed on the acquisition  Installation charges
 Charges for testing and preparation for use
 Site preparation costs
 Professional fees
The costs of normal maintenance and repairs that do not add to the value of the asset or materially extend assets lives are not capitalized.

Donated capital assets are valued at their fair value on the date of donation.

2. Depreciating Capital Assets
Property, plant and equipment, depreciable infrastructure and intangible assets of the City shall be depreciated using the straight-line method and applying the half-year convention method over the following useful lives.

Asset Class Years
Buildings/Building Improvements 10-40
Improvements Other Than Buildings 3-10
Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment 3-20 Intangibles (subject to depreciation/amortization) As limited by contractual or legal
provisions.

Infrastructure 10-40
It is the City’s policy that capital assets have no residual value at the end of their lives. Land, Construction-in-Progress and certain intangible assets are not depreciated. If the asset is disposed of before the end of its useful life, a half-year of depreciation is allowable for the year of disposition.

736
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 3 Rev. September 2023

3. Capital Assets Classes
Land
The surface of the earth, which can be used to support structures and roadways. Land is characterized as having an unlimited life (inexhaustible).

Includes the cost of land itself and the cost of preparing land for its intended uses. Examples of items that might be capitalized as part of the cost of land include basic site improvements (e.g., excavation, fill, and grading), as well as the cost of removing, relocating, or reconstructing the property of others (e.g., power lines).

Buildings and Building Improvements
A structure that is permanently attached to the land, has a roof, is partially or completely enclosed by walls, and is not intended to be transportable or moveable.

Improvements to existing buildings that materially extend the useful life of a building, increase the value of a building, or both should be capitalized. The improvement must meet one of the following criteria:
 The improvement adds square footage to the existing building.  The improvement is a major renovation that prepares an existing building for a new use.
 The improvement expenditure increases the life or value of the building by 25 percent of the original life or cost.

The cost of an improvement (or betterment) normally is added to the cost of the related structure, rather than treated as a separate asset.

Examples of expenditures to be capitalized as building improvements are as follows:
 Replacement of an old shingle roof with a new fireproof tile roof  Upgrade of heating and cooling systems
 Structures attached to the building such as covered patios, sunrooms, garages, carports, enclosed stairwells, etc.
 Structural changes such as reinforcement of floors or walls, installation or replacement of beams, joists, steel grids, or other interior framing.

The following are examples of expenditures not to capitalize as improvements to buildings. Instead, these items should be recorded as maintenance expense:
 Adding, removing and/or moving of walls relating to renovation projects that are not considered major rehabilitation projects and do not increase the value or life of the building
737
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 4 Rev. September 2023  Plumbing or electrical repairs
 Cleaning, pest extermination, or other periodic maintenance  Interior decoration, such as draperies, blinds, curtain rods, wallpaper  Maintenance-type interior renovation, such as repainting, touch-up, plastering, replacement of carpet, tile, or panel sections; sink and fixture refinishing, etc.
 Maintenance-type exterior renovation such as repainting, replacement of deteriorated siding, roof, or masonry sections  Replacement of a part or component of a building with a new part of the same type and performance capabilities, such as replacement of an old boiler with a new one of the same type and performance capabilities

Improvements Other Than Buildings
This major asset class is used for permanent (i.e., non-moveable) improvements, other than buildings, that add value to land, but do not have an indefinite useful life. Examples include fences, retaining walls, parking lots, and most landscaping. Moveable items (e.g., picnic table in a park) should be classified as furnishings and equipment.

Vehicles, Machinery, Specialty and Office Equipment
Fixed or movable tangible assets to be used for operations, the benefits of which extend beyond one year from date of acquisition and rendered into service.

Examples of expenditures to be capitalized in this class include but are not limited to:

Vehicles
Computers and servers
Machinery
Furniture and fixtures
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are characterized as lacking physical form (e.g., computer software, water rights, easements, and patents). Certain intangibles provide benefits indefinitely. In that case, no amortization expense would be recognized. Intangibles with the length of their life limited by contractual or legal provisions should be amortized over the period stated in the provisions.

Easements are interest in land owned by another that entitles its holder to a specific limited use. The estimated value of easements is immaterial and therefore will not be capitalized.

A right-of-way is a type of easement in which title remains with the property owner and therefore is not capitalized.
738
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 5 Rev. September 2023 Infrastructure
Long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and are of value only to the City. Include, but are not limited to: roads and streets, curbs, gutters, bridges, streetlights, sidewalks, streetscape, bike paths, storm-water drainage improvements, roadway resurfacing, basin and stream environment zone construction, ramps, airfields and runways in Airport Enterprise fund. For the purpose of reporting this major class is separated into subclasses, such as Streets, Bike Paths, Streetscape, Basin and SEZ Construction, and Runways.

Construction in Progress
This major class is used for costs incurred to construct or develop a tangible or intangible capital asset before it is substantially ready to be placed into service. The costs should remain in this category until all retention money has been paid (at which time the asset would be reclassified into the appropriate major class).

B. Capital Assets Accountability and Control
When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.

Department heads are ultimately responsible for safeguarding its fixed assets from theft or loss. However, the Finance Department does recognize and acknowledge its responsibility to establish and maintain systems and procedures that enable department heads and program managers to properly safeguard their assets.

In general, inventory control is applied only to movable fixed assets (generally these falling into the “Vehicles, Machinery and Equipment” category), and not to land, buildings, or other immovable fixed assets. Fixed assets subject to inventory control will be accounted for and controlled through the same systems and procedures used to account and control fixed assets subject to capitalization.

Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
a. The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
b. Any asset less than the capitalization threshold, as recommended by the Finance Director. This may include certain machinery and equipment that, due to portability, value outside of the office, or character, are susceptible to theft and/or loss. It may include computer equipment and electronic devices such as laptops and iPhones, guns, weapons, and other movable items. Also included may be any asset requested by a department to be controlled in order to satisfy an internal (operational) or external 739
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 6 Rev. September 2023 requirement. For example, the Finance Department (may wish to) tracks all computer hardware in order to establish replacement and upgrade requirements for both hardware and system software.
c. Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or any other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Procedure: The goal is to tag all fixed assets that fall within the above categories without affecting the functionality or value of the product. Tags should be placed on the back of the equipment, somewhere where they can be found, but not necessarily stand out. The fixed asset addition form (Exhibit I) should be filled out as much as possible. A complete description of the asset should be obtained showing manufacturer, model, serial #, color and any other identifying criteria. The date purchased and cost should be entered when known. If not known, please estimate and mark (est.) after the data. It is understood that logistically some items cannot be tagged. These items still need to be inventoried and the information maintained in a department file.

C. Capital Assets Purchased with Federal Funds
Equipment (Capital Assets) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439.

These guidelines can be found at the following link: https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
 Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
 A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years. 740
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 7 Rev. September 2023  Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated.
 Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
 If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return.

See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department, officially declared to the City Council, and after approval, eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price, Alternatively, the city council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions the city council may, in its discretion, elect.

In the event any single item of property is less than $10,000, the finance director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company, Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

Disposal of any real property shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable requirements of the Government Code, including but not limited to Government Code sections 50569, 65402, and 54220, et seq. Before disposing of any surplus property, the applicable department head shall ascertain the source of funds used to purchase the property and ensure that disposal will not violate any grant conditions or other applicable restrictions.

Accounting for Leases: Leases that do not transfer substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership are operating leases.

Capitalize a lease that transfers substantially all of the benefits and risks of property ownership, provided the lease is non-cancelable (only non-cancelable leases may be capitalized). One or more of four criteria must be met:

1. Transfers ownership to the lessee.

2. Contains a bargain purchase option.

3. Lease term is equal to or greater than 75 percent of the estimated economic life of the leased property.

4. The present value of the minimum lease payments (excluding executor costs) equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the lease property.

Account Coding: The account coding to be used for the purchase of capital outlay will be as follows:
741
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 8 Rev. September 2023 For items costing $10,000 or more (these are considered Fixed Assets) use:

Object code # 46010 – Land
Object code # 46020 – Buildings and Building Improvements Object code # 46030 – Improvements Other Than Buildings Object code # 46110 – Machinery & Equipment ($10,000)
Object code # 46122 – Software
Object code # 46130 – Vehicles
Object code # 46140 – Furniture and Fixtures
For items costing less than $10,000 per unit (these are NOT considered Fixed Assets) use:

Object code # 46120 – Tools, Parts and Leases less than $10,000.

742
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 9 Rev. September 2023 Attachments:

Exhibit I – Sample of Fixed Asset Addition Form

743
City of SLT Financial Policies – Preserving Capital Investments 10 Rev. September 2023 744
City of SLT Financial Policies – Leases and SBITAs September 2023 Financial Policies - Leases and Subscription Based Information Technology Arrangements (SBITAs)
The objective of this policy is to establish guidelines for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of leases and Subscription-Based IT Arrangements (SBITAs) in accordance with the requirements of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 87, Leases, and GASB Statement No. 96, SBITAs.

← All documents from this meeting